SERVICE MANUAL AEP Model UK Model Russian Model CD/DVD PLAYER DVP-LS500 RMT-D162P SPECIFICATIONS System Laser: Semiconductor laser Signal format system: PAL (NTSC) Audio characteristics Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz ( 1.0 dB)/DVD VIDEO (PCM 48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz ( 0.5 dB)/CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz ( 0.5 dB) Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks only) Harmonic distortion: 0.003 % Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO: 103 dB/CD: 99 dB Wow and flutter: Less than detected value ( 0.001% W PEAK) The signals from LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks are measured. When you play PCM sound tracks with a 96 kHz sampling frequency, the output signals from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack are converted to 48 kHz sampling frequency. Outputs (Jack name: Jack type/Output level/Load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/ 10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/ 18 dBm (wave length 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms LINE OUT (VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p/ 75 ohms S VIDEO OUT: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL), 0.286 Vp-p (NTSC)/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, CB, CR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, CB, CR: 0.7 Vp-p/75 ohms General Power requirements: 220 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 14 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 �× 65 ��× 242 mm (width/height/depth) incl. projecting parts Mass (approx.): 2.2 kg Operating temperature: 5 �°C to 35 °C Operating humidity: 25 % to 80 % Supplied accessories Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. Check that you have the following items: Audio/video cord (pinplug �× 3 y pinplug �× 3) (1) (UK) Remote commander (remote) (1) Size AA (R6) batteries (2) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 2 – SAFETY CHECK-OUT 1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-sol- dered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. 2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors. 3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transis- tors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer: 4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recom- mend their replacement. 5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. WARNING!! WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK. CAUTION Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous ra- diation exposure. SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUB- LISHED BY SONY. CAUTION: The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard. Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead- free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.) : LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. • Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350°C. Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! • Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. • Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder. appliance is classified as a CLASS 1 LASER product. The CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT MARKING is located on the rear exterior. This www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 3 – TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page Section Title Page Service Note ............................................................................ 4 1. GENERAL Index to Parts and Controls .......................................... 1-1 Hookups ........................................................................ 1-3 Playing Discs ................................................................. 1-6 Searching for a Scene................................................... 1-9 Viewing Information About the Disc .............................. 1-10 Sound Adjustments ....................................................... 1-11 Enjoying Movies ............................................................ 1-12 Using Various Additional Functions .............................. 1-13 Settings and Adjustments ............................................. 1-15 Additional Information ................................................... 1-16 2. DISASSEMBLY 2-1. Disassembly .................................................................. 2-1 2-2. Upper Case ................................................................... 2-1 2-3. Tray Panel ...................................................................... 2-2 2-4. Front Panel Section ....................................................... 2-2 2-5. Mechanism Deck ........................................................... 2-3 2-6. Optical Pick-up .............................................................. 2-3 2-7. ER-26 Board .................................................................. 2-4 2-8. MB-108 Board ............................................................... 2-4 2-9. Power Block ................................................................... 2-5 2-10. AF-98 Board .................................................................. 2-5 2-11. Internal Views ................................................................ 2-6 2-12. Circuit Boards Location ................................................. 2-7 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. Overall Block Diagram................................................... 3-1 3-2. RF/Servo Block Diagram ............................................... 3-3 3-3. Signal Processor Block Diagram .................................. 3-5 3-4. System Control Block Diagram ..................................... 3-7 3-5. Video Block Diagram ..................................................... 3-9 3-6. Audio Block Diagram ..................................................... 3-11 3-7. Interface Control Block Diagram ................................... 3-13 3-8. Power 1 Block Diagram ................................................. 3-15 3-9. Power 2 Block Diagram ................................................. 3-17 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1. Frame Schematic Diagram............................................ 4-3 4-2. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams ......... 4-5 MB-108 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) Printed Wiring Board ..................................................... 4-5 MB-108 (RF AMP, SERVO) Schematic Diagram .......... 4-9 MB-108 (ARP, SERVO DSP) Schematic Diagram ........ 4-11 MB-108 (AV DECODER) Schematic Diagram .............. 4-13 MB-108 (MOTOR DRIVE) Schematic Diagram ............ 4-15 MB-108 (SYSTEM CONTROL) Schematic Diagram .... 4-17 MB-108 (CLOCK GENERATOR) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-19 MB-108 (AUDIO D/A CONVERTER) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-21 MS-128 (LOADING MOTOR) Printed Wiring Board and Schematic Diagram ................................................ 4-23 AF-98 (INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) Printed Wiring Board ..................................................... 4-25 AF-98 (VIDEO OUT) Schematic Diagram .................... 4-27 AF-98 (AUDIO OUT) Schematic Diagram .................... 4-29 AF-98 (REGULATOR) Schematic Diagram .................. 4-31 AF-98 (IF CON) Schematic Diagram ............................ 4-33 SW-384 (FUNCTION SWITCH) Printed Wiring Board and Schematic Diagram ................................................ 4-35 ER-26 (EURO AV) Printed Wiring Board ..................... 4-37 ER-26 (EURO AV) Schematic Diagram ........................ 4-39 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) Printed Wiring Board ..................................................... 4-41 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-43 5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. System Control Pin Function (MB-108 Board IC104) .................................................. 5-1 6. TEST MODE 6-1. General Description ...................................................... 6-1 6-2. Starting Test Mode ........................................................ 6-1 6-3. Syscon Diagnosis .......................................................... 6-1 6-4. Drive Auto Adjustment .................................................. 6-6 6-5. Drive Manual Operation ................................................ 6-8 6-6. Mecha Aging ................................................................. 6-11 6-7. Emergency History ........................................................ 6-11 6-8. Version Information ....................................................... 6-12 6-9. Video Level Adjustment ................................................ 6-12 6-10. IF CON Self Diagnostic Function .................................. 6-12 6-11. Troubleshooting ............................................................. 6-19 7. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT 7-1. Power Supply Check ..................................................... 7-1 1. ETXNY410E0F Board ................................................... 7-1 7-2. Adjustment of Video System ......................................... 7-2 1. Video Level Adjustment (MB-108 Board) ..................... 7-2 2. Checking S Video Output S-Y ....................................... 7-2 3. Checking S Video Output S-C....................................... 7-2 4. Checking Component Video Output Y .......................... 7-2 5. Checking Component Video Output B-Y ...................... 7-3 6. Checking Component Video Output R-Y ...................... 7-3 7. Checking RGB Output R ............................................... 7-3 8. Checking RGB Output G ............................................... 7-3 9. Checking RGB Output B ............................................... 7-4 7-3. Adjustment Related Parts Arrangement ....................... 7-6 8. REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. Exploded Views ............................................................. 8-1 8-1-1. Front Panel Section .................................................. 8-1 8-1-2. Chassis Section ....................................................... 8-2 8-1-3. Mechanism Deck Assembly ..................................... 8-3 8-2. Electrical Parts List ....................................................... 8-4 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 4 – 1) Remove the upper case from the set. (Refer to section 2-2) 2) Remove the MB-108 board. (Refer to section 2-8) 3) Set the MB-108 board and CK-122 board to the stand as shown in Fig. 3. Fig. 3 1. DISC REMOVAL PROCEDURE (at POWER OFF) 1) Open dust cover to access to a hole insert a tapering driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of arrow A. (See Fig. 1) 2) Draw out the tray in the direction of arrow B, and remove a disc. (See Fig. 1) Fig. 1 2. HOW TO SERVICE MB-108 BOARD • Jig SERVICE NOTE CK-120 board (J-6090-127-A) CK-121 board (J-6090-128-A) Harness 6P (J-6090-126-A) CK-122 board (J-6090-129-A) Flexible flat cables FFC 26P J-6090-117-A FFC 9P J-6090-118-A FFC 5P J-6090-119-A FFC 15P J-6090-121-A FFC 25P J-6090-122-A Stand (J-6090-132-A) CK-122 board Connector (CN601) Two screws (B3) MB-108 board Connector (CN101) Stand B A Tray The lever of chuck cam Hole Dust cover Fig. 2 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 5 – 4) Set the board in the place where the MB-108 board is removed, as shown in Fig. 4. Fig. 4 5) Set five flexible flat cables and the harness as shown in Fig. 5. Fig. 5. 6) Set is finished. Flexible flat cable (FMM-48: CN105) Flexible flat cable (FMS-23: CN103) Flexible flat cable (FMO-8: CN101) CK-120 board Connector (CN113) Connector (CN111) Two screws (B3) Two screws (B3) Connector (CN109) Harness 6P FFC 9P FFC 26P FFC 15P FFC 25P FFC 5P www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-1 SECTION 1 GENERAL This section is extracted from instruction manual (3-083-624-11). DVP-LS500 6 About this Manual Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the controls on the player if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote. DVD may be used as a general term for DVD VIDEOs, DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs, and DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs. Displays on the screen are slightly different depending upon where the model is sold. The meaning of the icons used in this manual is described below: * MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) is a standard format defined by ISO/MPEG which compresses audio data. This Player Can Play the Following Discs DVD VIDEO and DVD-RW are trademarks. Region code Your player has a region code printed on the back of the unit and only will play DVD VIDEO discs (playback only) labelled with identical region codes. This system is used to protect copyrights. DVD VIDEOs labelled will also play on this player. If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the message Playback prohibited by area limitations. will appear on the TV screen. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, no region code indication may be labelled even though playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by area restrictions. Example of discs that the player cannot play The player cannot play the following discs: All CD-ROMs (including PHOTO CDs)/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs other than those recorded in the following formats: music CD format video CD format Icon Meaning Functions available for DVD VIDEOs and DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs in video mode or DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs Functions available for DVD- RWs in VR (Video Recording) mode Functions available for VIDEO CDs, Super VCDs or CD-Rs/ CD-RWs in video CD format or Super VCD format Functions available for music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format Functions available for DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD- RWs containing MP3* audio tracks) Format of discs DVD VIDEO (page 71) DVD-RW (page 71) VIDEO CD Music CD ALL DVP—XXXX 00V 00Hz 00W NO. 0-000-000-00 X Region code 7 MP3 format that conforms to ISO9660* Level 1/Level 2, or its extended format, Joliet Data part of CD-Extras DVD-ROMs DVD Audio discs HD layer on Super Audio CDs * A logical format of files and folders on CD- ROMs, defined by ISO (International Standard Organization). Also, the player cannot play the following discs: A DVD VIDEO with a different region code. A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart). A disc with paper or stickers on it. A disc that has the adhesive of cellophane tape or a sticker still left on it. Notes Notes about DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs, DVD+RWs/ DVD+Rs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs Some DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs, DVD+RWs/ DVD+Rs, or CD-Rs/CD-RWs cannot be played on this player due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device and authoring software. The disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalized. Also, images in DVD-RW discs with CPRM* protection may not be played if they contain a copy protection signal. Copyright lock appears on the screen. For more information, see the operating instructions for the recording device. Note that discs created in the Packet Write format cannot be played. * CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable Media) is a coding technology that protects the copyright of images. Music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies This product is designed to playback discs that conform to the Compact Disc (CD) standard. Recently, various music discs encoded with copyright protection technologies are marketed by some record companies. Please be aware that among those discs, there are some that do not conform to the CD standard and may not be playable by this product. Note on playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs Some playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this player plays DVDs and VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also, refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs or VIDEO CDs. Copyrights This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents, other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation, and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Notes about the Discs To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car. After playing, store the disc in its case. Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre out. Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs. 8 Index to Parts and Controls For more information, refer to the pages indicated in parentheses. Front panel 1 [/1 (on/standby) button (27) 2 Disc tray (27) 3 Front panel display (9) 4 Remote sensor (15) 5 A (open/close) button (27) 6 H (play) button (27) 7 X (pause) button (28) 8 x (stop) button (28) 9 Playback Dial (40) 9 Front panel display When playing back a DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW When playing back a VIDEO CD with Playback Control (PBC) (32) When playing back a CD, DATA CD (MP3 audio), or VIDEO CD (without PBC Current title/chapter or playing time (45) Disc type Current audio signal (48) Lights up when you can change the angle (52) Lights up during Repeat Play (37) Playing status Disc type Current scene or playing time (45) Playing status Lights up during A-B Repeat Play (38) Playing time (45) Disc type Current track (45) Lights up during Repeat Play (37) Lights up when playing MP3 audio tracks (33) Playing status ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-2 10 Rear panel 1 DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (21) (22) (23) 2 DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack (21) (22) (23) 3 LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks (20) (21) (22) 4 LINE OUT (VIDEO) jack (16) 5 S VIDEO OUT jack (16) 6 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y, CB, CR) jacks (16) 7 LINE (RGB) - TV jack (16) (25) PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO S VIDEO OUT LINE (RGB) -TV CR Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CB 11 Remote 1 TV [/1 (on/standby) button (61) 2 Z (open/close) button (27) 3 Number buttons (30) The number 5 button has a tactile dot.* 4 CLEAR button (35) 5 ./> (previous/next) buttons (28) 6 H (play) button (27) The H button has a tactile dot.* 7 X (pause) button (28) 8 Click shuttle (40) 9 DISPLAY button (12) q; TOP MENU button (30) qa (subtitle) button (52) qs (audio) button (48) qd REPEAT button (37) qf PICTURE NAVI (picture navigation) button (43) qg [/1 (on/standby) button (27) qh 2 (volume) +/— buttons (61) The + button has a tactile dot.* qj t (TV/video) button (61) qk TIME/TEXT button (44) ql PICTURE MODE button (54) w; (instant replay/step) button (28, 41) wa (instant search/step) button (28, 41) ws x (stop) button (28) wd JOG button/indicator (40) wf ENTER button (24) wg C/X/x/c buttons (30) wh O RETURN button (28) wj MENU button (30) (33) wk (angle) button (52) wl SUR (surround) button (50) * Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the player . 12 Guide to the Control Menu Displa (Magic Pad) Use the Control Menu to select a function and to view related information. Press DISPLAY repeatedly to turn on or change the Control Menu display as follows: z Hint You can skip the ADVANCED display by setting OFF under ADVANCED in the Control Menu (page 46). Control Menu Display The Control Menu display 1 and 2 will show different items depending on the disc type. For details about each item, please refer to the pages in parentheses. Example: Control Menu display 1 when playing a DVD VIDEO. * Displays the scene number for VIDEO CDs (PBC is on), track number for VIDEO CDs/ CDs, album number for DATA CDs. ** Displays the index number for VIDEO CDs/ CDs, MP3 audio track number for DATA CDs. Control Menu display 1 m Control Menu display 2 (DVD/VIDEO CD only) m ADVA NCED display (DVD only. See page 46.) m Control Menu display off , OFF 1: ENGLISH 2: FRENCH 3: SPANISH OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO Select: Cancel: SUBTITLE ENTER RETURN Currently playing chapter number** Playing time Total number of chapters** Options Current setting Total number of titles* Playback status (N Playback, X Pause, x Stop, etc.) Function name of selected Control Menu item Operation message Selected item Control Menu items Type of disc being played Currently playing title number* 13 List of control menu items Item Item Name, Function, Relevant Disc Type TITLE (page 41)/SCENE (page 41)/TRACK (page 41) Selects the title, scene, or track to be played. CHAPTER (page 41)/INDEX (page 41) Selects the chapter or index to be played. ALBUM (page 33) Selects the album to be played. TRACK (page 41) Selects the track to be played. INDEX (page 41) Selects the index to be played. ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST (page 31) Selects the type of titles (DVD-RW) to be played, the ORIGINAL one, or an edited PLAY LIST. TIME/TEXT (page 41) Checks the elapsed time and the remaining playback time. Input the time code for picture and music searching. Displays the DVD/CD text or the DATA CD s track name. AUDIO (page 48) Changes the audio setting. SUBTITLE (page 52) Displays the subtitles. Changes the subtitle language. ANGLE (page 52) Changes the angle. TVS (TV Virtual Surround) (page 50) Selects the surround functions. ADVANCED (page 46) Displays the information (bit rate or layer) of the disc currently playing. PARENTAL CONTROL (page 57) Set to prohibit playback on this player. SETUP (page 62) QUICK Setup (page 24) Use Quick Setup to choose the desired language of the on-screen display, the aspect ratio of the TV, and the audio output signal. CUSTOM Setup In addition to the Quick Setup setting, you can adjust various other settings. RESET Returns the settings in SETUP to the default setting. ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-3 14 z Hint The Control Menu icon indicator lights up in green when you select any item except ( TVS, A-B REPEAT, only). The ANGLE indicator lights up in green only when the angles can be changed. The CUSTOM PICTURE MODE indicator lights up in green when any setting other than STANDARD is selected. PROGRAM (page 35) Selects the title, chapter, or track to play in the order you want. SHUFFLE (page 36) Plays the title, chapter, or track in random order. REPEAT (page 37) Plays the entire disc (all titles/all tracks/all albums) repeatedly or one title/chapter/ track/album repeatedly. A-B REPEAT (page 38) Specifies the parts you want to play repeatedly. BNR (page 53) Adjusts the picture quality by reducing the block noise or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 54) Adjusts the video signal from the player. You can select the picture quality that best suits the programme you are watching. DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER (page 55) Exaggerates the outline of the image to produce a sharper picture. PICTURE NAVIGATION (page 43) Divides the screen into 9 subscreens to help you find the scene you want quickly. t OFF. PROGRAM, SHUFFLE, REPEAT, BNR, DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER 15 Hookups Hookups Hooking Up the Player Follow steps 1 to 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the player. Notes Plug cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. You cannot connect this player to a TV that does not have a SCART (EURO AV) or video input jack. Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting. Step 1: Unpacking Check that you have the following items: Audio/video cord (pinplug �× 3 y pinplug �× 3) (1) Remote commander (remote) (1) R6 (size AA) batteries (2) Step 2: Inserting Batteries into the Remote You can control the player using the supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA) batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the player. Notes Do not leave the remote in an extremely hot or humid place. Do not drop any foreign object into the remote casing, particularly when replacing the batteries. Do not expose the remote sensor to direct light from the sun or a lighting apparatus. Doing so may cause a malfunction. If you do not use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage from battery leakage and corrosion. ,continued 16 Step 3: Connecting the Video Cords Connect this player to your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) using a video cord. Select one of the patterns A through D, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO S VIDEO OUT CR Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CB LINE (RGB) -TV CR CB Y COMPONENT VIDEO IN D A INPUT S VIDEO C B AUDIO INPUT L R VIDEO Audio/video cord (supplied) Component video cord (not supplied) (yellow) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) CD/DVD player TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) (green) S VIDEO cord (not supplied) TV, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) (red) (blue) (yellow) (green) (blue) (red) to LINE OUT (VIDEO) to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to S VIDEO OUT SCART (EURO AV) cord (not supplied) to LINE (RGB)-TV TV l : Signal fl ow 17 Hookups A If you are connecting to a SCART (EURO AV) input jack Connect the SCART (EURO AV) cord (not supplied). Be sure to make the connections firmly to avoid hum and noise. When you connect using the SCART (EURO AV) cord, check that the TV conforms to S video or RGB signals. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with the TV to be connected. Also, when you set LINE to S VIDEO or under SCREEN SETUP in the Setup Display (page 64), use a SCART (EURO AV) cord that conforms to each signal. B If you are connecting to a video input jack Connect the yellow plug of the audio/video cord (supplied) to the yellow (video) jacks. You will enjoy standard quality images. Use the red and white plugs to connect to the audio input jacks (page 20). (Do this if you are connecting to a TV only.) C If you are connecting to an S VIDEO input jack Connect an S VIDEO cord (not supplied). You will enjoy high quality images. D If you are connecting to a monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) having component video input jacks (Y, CB, CR) Connect the component via the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks using a component video cord (not supplied) or three video cords (not supplied) of the same kind and length. You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction and high quality images. Note that if you set LINE to in SCREEN SETUP (page 24, 64), the player does not output component video signals from COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Yellow White (L) Red (R) Yellow White (L) Red(R) Green Blue Red Green Blue Red ,continued RGB RGB www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-4 18 When connecting to a standard 4:3 screen TV Depending on the disc, the image may not fit your TV screen. If you want to change the aspect ratio, please refer to page 64. Notes Do not connect a VCR, etc. between your TV and the player. If you pass the player signals via the VCR, you may not receive a clear image on the TV screen. If your TV has only one audio/video input jack, connect the player to this jack. When you connect the player to your TV via the SCART (EURO AV) jacks, the TV s input source is set to the player automatically when you start playback. In this case, press t (TV/video) on the remote to return the input to the TV. When you play a disc recorded in the NTSC colour system, the player outputs the video signal or the Setup Display etc. in the NTSC colour system and the picture may not appear on the PAL colour system televisions. In this case, open the tray and remove the disc. VCR CD/DVD player TV Connect directly 19 Hookups Step 4: Connecting the Audio Cords Refer to the chart below to select the connection that best suits your system. Be sure to also read the instructions for the components you wish to connect. Select a connection Select one of the following connections, through . * Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Pro Logic, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. ** and are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Components to be connected Connection Your setup (example) TV Surround effects: TVS DYNAMIC (page 50), TVS WIDE (page 50) (page 20) Stereo amplifier (receiver) and two speakers Surround effects: TVS STANDARD (page 50) or MD deck/DAT deck Surround effects: None (page 21) AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby* Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers Surround effects: Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 71) (page 22) AV amplifier (receiver) with digital input jacks having a Dolby Digital, DTS**, or MPEG audio decoder and 6 speakers Surround effects: Dolby Digital (5.1ch) (page 71) DTS (5.1ch) (page 71) MPEG audio (5.1 ch) (page 71) (page 23) A D A B C ,continued D DTS DTS Digital Out 20 Connecting toyour TV This connection will use your TV speakers for sound. If you use the SCART (EURO AV) cord in pattern B of 3: Connecting the Video Cords (page 16), you do not have to connect audio cords to your TV. * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 16). z Hint When connecting to a monaural TV, use a stereo- mono conversion cord (not supplied). Connect the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks to the TV s audio input jack. A PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO S VIDEO OUT CR Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CB LINE (RGB) -TV A LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO TV l : Signal flow CD/DVD player (white) (red) Audio/video cord (supplied) to audio input (yellow)* (white) (red) (yellow)* to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) Step 21 Hookups Connecting to a stereo amplifier (receiver) and 2 speakers/Connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck If the stereo amplifier (receiver) has audio input jacks L and R only, use . If the amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, or when connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck, use . In this case, you can also connect the player directly to the MD deck or DAT deck without using your stereo amplifier (receiver). B B-1 B-2 PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO S VIDEO OUT CR Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CB LINE (RGB) -TV B-2 PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBYDIGITAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO B-1 CD/DVD player or Stereo amplifier (receiver) MD deck/DAT deck Front (L) Front (R) [Speakers] (white) (red) (red) (white) Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) to audio input to coaxial or optical digital input Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting or l: Signal flow to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICA L) ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-5 22 Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers You can enjoy the Dolby Surround effects only when playing Dolby Surround audio or multi- channel audio (Dolby Digital) discs. If your amplifier (receiver) has L and R audio input jacks only, use . If your amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, use . Note When connecting 6 speakers, replace the monaural rear speaker with a centre speaker, 2 rear speakers and a subwoofer. C C-1 C-2 PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO S VIDEO OUT CR Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CB LINE (RGB) -TV C-2 PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO C-1 CD/DVD player or Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) Subwoofer l: Signal flow Rear (L) Amplifier (receiver) with Dolby Surround decoder Centre Rear (mono) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) [Speakers] Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) (red) (white) to coaxial or optical digital input Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] or to audio input (white) (red) to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICA L) 23 Hookups Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack having a Dolby Digital, MPEG audio or DTS decoder and 6 speakers This connection will allow you to use the Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, or DTS decoder function of your AV amplifier (receiver). z Hint Use connection when connecting to 7 or more speakers (6.1 ch or more). Note After you have completed the connection, be sure to set to and DTS to ON in Quick Setup (page 24). If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder function, set MPEG to MPEG (page 67). Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise will come from the speakers. D PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL LINE OUT R-AUDIO-L VIDEO S VIDEO OUT CR Y COMPONENT VIDEO OUT CB LINE (RGB) -TV D PCM/DTS/MPEG/ DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) AV amplifier (receiver) having a decoder Subwoofer Centre Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] CD/DVD player l: Signal flow [Speakers] Rear (L) to optical digital input or to coaxial digital input to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) D ,continued DOLBY DIGITAL DOLBY DIGITAL 24 Step 5: Connecting the Mains Lead Plug the player and TV mains lead (power cord) into a mains. Step 6: Quick Setup Follow the steps below to make the minimum number of basic adjustments for using the player. To skip an adjustment, press >. To return to the previous adjustment, press .. 1 Turn on the TV. 2 Press [/1. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. Press [ENTER] to run QUICK SETUP appears at the bottom of the screen. If this message does not appear, select under SETUP in the Control Menu to run Quick Setup (page 63). 4 Press ENTER without inserting a disc. The Setup Display for selecting the language used in the on-screen display appears. The available languages differ depending upon the player model. 5 Press X/x to select a language. The player uses the language selected here to display the menu and subtitles as well. 6 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the aspect ratio of the TV to be connected appears. 7 Press X/x to select the setting that matches your TV type. ◆ If you have a wide-screen TV or a 4:3 standard TV with a wide-screen mode ¥ 16:9 (page 64) ENTER LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ITALIANO ESPA OL NEDERLANDS DANSK SVENSKA FRAN AIS ENGLISH ENGLISH DEUTSCH SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX LINE: 4:3 PAN SCAN 16:9 QUICK 25 Hookups ◆ If you have a 4:3 standard TV 4:3 LETTER BOX or 4:3 PAN SCAN (page 64) 8 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of video signal output from the LINE (RGB)-TV jack appears. 9 Press X/x to select the type of signal you want to output from the LINE (RGB)-TV jack. If you set LINE to the player does not output component video signals from COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. ◆ Video signals VIDEO (page 64) ◆ S video signals S VIDEO (page 64) ◆ RGB signals RGB (page 64) 10Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of jack used to connect your amplifier (receiver) appears. 11Press X/x to select the type of jack (if any) you are using to connect to an amplifier (receiver), then press ENTER. Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 20 to 23 ( through ). If you connect just a TV and nothing else, select NO. Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. Select LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO). Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. Select DIGITAL OUTPUT. The Setup Display for DOLBY DIGITAL appears. 12Press X/x to select the type of Dolby Digital signal you wish to send to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the signal that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 21 to 23 ( through ). D-PCM (page 67) DOLBY DIGITAL (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby Digital decoder) (page 67) 13Press ENTER. DTS is selected. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 16:9 ON JACKET PICTURE LINE: VIDEO VIDEO S VIDEO RGB YES NO Is this player connected to an amplifier (receiver) ? Select the type of jack you are using. LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO) DIGITAL OUTPUT A D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D B D AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM DTS: DOLBY DIGITAL D-PCM B-2 C-2 D AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM PCM DTS: OFF OFF ON ,continued RGB, www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-6 26 14Press X/x to select whether or not you wish to send a DTS signal to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 21 to 23 ( through ). OFF (page 67) ON (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a DTS decoder) (page 67) 15Press ENTER. Quick Setup is finished. All connections and setup operations are complete. If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG audio decoder, set MPEG to MPEG (page 67). Enjoying the surround sound effects To enjoy the surround sound effects of this player or your amplifier (receiver), set the following items as described below for the audio connection you selected on pages 21 to 23 ( through ). Each of these is the default setting and does not need to be adjusted when you first connect the player. Refer to page 62 for using the Setup Display. Audio Connection (pages 20 to 23) No additional settings are needed. Set DOWNMIX to DOLBY SURROUND (page 66) If the sound distorts even when the volume is turned down, set AUDIO ATT to ON (page 66) Set DOWNMIX to DOLBY SURROUND (page 66) Set DIGITAL OUT to ON (page 66) B D B-2 C-2 D B D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D 27 Playing Discs Playing Discs Playing Discs Depending on the DVD or VIDEO CD, some operations may be different or restricted. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with your disc. 1 Turn on your TV. 2 Press [/1. The player turns on. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. ◆ When using an amplifier (receiver) Turn on the amplifier (receiver) and select the appropriate channel so that you can hear sound from the player. 4 Press A on the player, and place a disc on the disc tray. 5 Press H. The disc tray closes, and the player starts playback (continuous play). Adjust the volume on the TV or the amplifier (receiver). Depending on the disc, a menu may appear on the TV screen. For DVD VIDEOs, see page 30. For VIDEO CDs, see page 32. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode. z Hint The player will turn off automatically whenever you leave it in stop mode for more than 30 minutes (Auto Power Off function). Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a CD When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive noise will be heard from the analog stereo jacks. To avoid possible damage to the audio system, the consumer should take proper precautions when the analog stereo jacks of the player are connected to an amplification system. To enjoy DTS Digital Surround playback, an external 5.1-channel decoder system must be connected to the digital jack of the player. Set the sound to STEREO using the (audio) button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD (page 48). Do not play DTS sound tracks without first connecting the player to an audio component having a built-in DTS decoder. The player outputs the DTS signal via the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack even if in is set to OFF in the Setup Display (page 67), A [/1 With the playback side facing down ,continue H/ Playback Dial DTS AUDIO SETUP 28 and may affect your ears or cause your speakers to be damaged. Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a DVD VIDEO DTS audio signals are output only through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack. When you play a DVD VIDEO with DTS sound tracks, set DTS to ON in AUDIO SETUP (page 67). If you connect the player to audio equipment without a DTS decoder, do not set DTS to ON in AUDIO SETUP (page 67). A loud noise may come out from the speakers, affecting your ears or causing the speakers to be damaged. Additional operations * For more details about the Playback Dial, see page 40. ** For DVD VIDEOs and the DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs only *** For DVD VIDEOs and the DVD-RWs/ DVD-Rs or DVD+RWs only z Hints The Instant Replay function is useful when you want to review a scene or dialog that you missed. The Instant Search function is useful when you want to pass over a scene that you don t want to watch. Note You may not be able to use the Instant Replay or Instant Search function with some scenes. Locking the disc tray (Child Lock) You can lock the disc tray to prevent children from opening it. When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 on the remote. The player turns on and LOCKED appears on the front panel display. The Z button on the player or the remote does not work while the Child Lock is set. To Operation Stop Press x Pause Press X Resume play after pause Press X or H Go to the next chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press > or briefly turn the Playback Dial* on the player clockwise Go back to the previous chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press .or briefly turn the Playback Dial* on the player counterclockwise Stop play and remove the disc Press Z (instant replay) (instant search) Replay the previous scene** Press (instant replay) during playback Briefly fast forward the current scene*** Press (instant search) during playback To Operation ENTER RETURN 29 Playing Discs To unlock the disc tray When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 again. Note Even if you select RESET under SETUP in the Control Menu (page 63), the disc tray remains locked. Resuming Playback From the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) The player stores the point where you stopped the disc for up to 6 discs and resumes playback the next time you insert the same disc. When you store a resume playback point for the seventh disc, the resume playback point for the first disc is deleted. 1 While playing a disc, press x to stop playback. appears on the front panel display. 2 Press H. The player starts playback from the point where you stopped the disc in step 1. z Hints To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then press H. For DVD-RWs in VR mode, CDs, and DATA CDs, the player remembers the resume playback point for the current disc unless the disc tray is opened, the power cord (mains lead) is disconnected, or only for DATA CDs, the player enters standby mode. ,continued RESUME www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-7 30 Notes MULTI-DISC RESUME in CUSTOM SETUP must be set to ON (default) for this function to work (page 65). The resume playback point for the current disc is cleared when: you change the play mode. you change the settings on the Setup Display. This function may not work with some discs. Resume Play does not work during Shuffle Play and Programme Play. If MULTI-DISC RESUME in CUSTOM SETUP is set to ON and you playback a recorded disc such as DVD-RW, the player may playback other recorded discs from the same resume point. To play from the beginning, press x twice and then press H. Using the DVD’s Menu A DVD is divided into long sections of a picture or a music feature called titles. When you play a DVD which contains several titles, you can select the title you want using the TOP MENU button. When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such as the language for the subtitles and the language for the sound, select these items using the MENU button. 1 Press TOP MENU or MENU. The disc s menu appears on the TV screen. The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc. 2 Press C/X/x/c or the number buttons to select the item you want to play or change. If you press the number buttons, the following display appears. Press the number buttons to select the item you want. 3 Press ENTER. ENTER TOP MENU MENU Number buttons 1 31 Playing Discs Selecting “ORIGINAL” or “PLAY LIST” on a DVD- RW Disc Some DVD-RW discs in VR (Video Recording) mode have two types of titles for playback: originally recorded titles (ORIGINAL) and titles that can be created on recordable DVD players for editing (PLAY LIST). You can select the type of titles to be played. 1 Press DISPLAY in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST), then press ENTER. The options for ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST appear. 3 Press X/x to select the setting. PLAY LIST: plays the titles created from ORIGINAL for editing. ORIGINAL: plays the titles originally recorded. 4 Press ENTER. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. ENTER DISPLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD-RW PLAY LIST PLAY LIST ORIGINAL 32 Playing VIDEO CDs With PBC Functions (PBC Playback) PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play VIDEO CDs interactively by following the menu on the TV screen. 1 Start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC functions. The menu for your selection appears. 2 Select the item number you want by pressing X/x or the number buttons. 3 Press ENTER. 4 Follow the instructions in the menu for interactive operations. Refer to the instructions supplied with the disc, as the operating procedure may differ depending on the VIDEO CD. To return to the menu Press O RETURN. z Hint To play without using PBC, press ./> or the number buttons while the player is stopped to select a track, then press H or ENTER. Play without PBC appears on the TV screen and the player starts continuous play. You cannot play still pictures such as a menu. To return to PBC playback, press x twice then press H. Notes Depending on the VIDEO CD, Press ENTER in step 3 may appear as Press SELECT in the instructions supplied with the disc. In this case, press H. The PBC functions of Super VCDs do not work with this player. Super VCDs are played in continuous play mode only. RETURN ENTER Number buttons 33 Playing Discs Playing an MP3 Audio Track You can play back DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs) recorded in MP3 (MPEG 1 Audio Layer 3) format. 1 Press Z and place a DATA CD on the disc tray. 2 Press H. The disc tray closes, and the player starts to play the first MP3 audio track in the first album on the disc. Notes This player can play MP3 audio tracks recorded in the following sampling frequencies: 32kHz, 44.1kHz, 48kHz. The playback order may be different from the edited order. See The playback order of MP3 audio tracks on the next page for details. Selecting an album and track 1 Press MENU. The list of MP3 albums recorded on the DATA CD appears. 2 Select an album using X/x and press ENTER. The list of tracks contained in the album appears. 3 Select a track using X/x and press ENTER. The selected track starts playing. When a track or album is being played, its title is shaded. To go to the next or previous page Press c or C. To return to the previous display Press O RETURN. To turn off the display Press MENU. Notes Only the letters in the alphabet and numbers can be used for album or track names. Anything else is displayed as an * . ID3 tags cannot be displayed. About MP3 audio tracks You can play MP3 audio tracks on CD- ROMs, CD-Rs, or CD-RWs. However, the discs must be recorded according to ISO9660 level 1, level 2, or Joliet format for the player to recognize the tracks. You can also play discs recorded in Multi Session. ENTER RETURN MENU 1 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E J A Z Z R & B M Y F A V O R I T E S O N G S C L A S S I C A L S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A J A Z Z 1 ( 9 0 ) 0 1 S H E I S S P E C I A L 0 2 A L L Y O U N E E D I S . . . 0 3 S P I C Y L I F E 0 4 H A P P Y H O U R 0 5 R I V E R S I D E 0 6 5 0 7 T A K E T I M E , T A K E T I M E ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-8 34 See the instructions of the CD-R/CD-RW device or recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format. To play a Multi Session CD This player can play Multi Session CDs when an MP3 audio track is located in the first session. Any subsequent MP3 audio track, recorded in later sessions, can also be played back. When audio tracks and images in music CD format or video CD format are recorded in the first session, only the first session will be played back. Notes If you put the extension .MP3 to data not in MP3 format, the player cannot recognize the data properly and will generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system. The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. The playback order of MP3 audio tracks The playback order of albums and tracks recorded on a DATA CD is as follows. ◆Structure of disc contents When you insert a DATA CD and press H, the numbered tracks are played sequentially, from 1 through 7. Any sub-albums/tracks contained within a currently selected album take priority over the next album in the same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is played before 5.) When you press MENU and the list of MP3 albums appears (page 33), the albums are arranged in the following order: A t B t C t D t F t G. Albums that do not contain tracks (such as album E) do not appear in the list. z Hints If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front of the track file names, the tracks will be played in that order. Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums of no more than two trees. Notes Depending on the software you use to create the DATA CD, the playback order may differ from the illustration above. The playback order above may not be applicable if there are more than a total of 999 albums and tracks in the DATA CD. The player can recognize up to 499 albums (the player will count just albums, including albums that do not contain MP3 audio tracks). The player will not play any albums beyond the first 499 albums. Of the first 499 albums, the player will play no more than a combined total of 999 albums and tracks. ROOT Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree5 album track 35 Playing Discs Various Play Mode Functions (Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play) You can set the following play modes: Programme Play (page 35) Shuffle Play (page 36) Repeat Play (page 37) A-B Repeat Play (page 38) Note The play mode is cancelled when: you open the disc tray. the player enters standby mode by pressing [/1. Creating your own programme (Programme Play) You can play the contents of a disc in the order you want by arranging the order of the titles, chapters, or tracks on the disc to create your own programme. You can programme up to 99 titles, chapters, and tracks. 1 Press DISPLAY twice (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PROGRAM), then press ENTER. The options for PROGRAM appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. 4 Press c. The cursor moves to the title or track row T (in this case, 01 ). 5 Select the title, chapter, or track you want to programme. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO For example, select chapter 03 of title 02. Press X/x or the number buttons to select 02 under T, then press ENTER. CLEAR ENTER DISPLAY Number buttons OFF OFF SET ON 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PROGRAM 1. TITLE ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE 3. TITLE 4. TITLE 5. TITLE 6. TITLE 7. TITLE T 01 02 03 04 05 TRACK is displayed when you play a VIDEO CD or CD. Titles or tracks recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE 3. TITLE 4. TITLE 5. TITLE 6. TITLE 7. TITLE T C ALL 01 02 03 04 05 06 02 03 04 05 01 Chapters recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE 3. TITLE 4. TITLE 5. TITLE 6. TITLE 7. TITLE C ALL 03 04 05 06 T 01 02 03 04 05 02 01 ,continued 36 Next, press X/x or the number buttons to select 03 under C, then press ENTER. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or CD For example, select track 02. Press X/x or the number buttons to select 02 under T, then press ENTER. 6 To programme other titles, chapters, or tracks, repeat steps 4 to 5. The programmed titles, chapters, and tracks are displayed in the selected order. 7 Press H to start Programme Play. Programme Play begins. When the programme ends, you can restart the same programme again by pressing H. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select OFF in step 3. To play the same programme again, select ON in step 3 and press ENTER. To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. To change or cancel a programme 1 Follow steps 1 through 3 of Creating your own programme (Programme Play). 2 Select the programme number of the title, chapter, or track you want to change or cancel using X/x or the number buttons, and press c. 3 Follow step 5 for new programming. To cancel a programme, select -- under T, then press ENTER. To cancel all the titles, chapters, or tracks in the programmed order 1 Follow steps 1 through 3 of Creating your own programme (Programme Play). 2 Press X and select ALL CLEAR. 3 Press ENTER. z Hint You can do Repeat Play or Shuffle Play of the programmed titles, chapters, or tracks. During Programme Play, follow the steps of Repeat Play (page 37) or Shuffle Play (page 36). Notes When playing Super VCDs, the total time of the programmed tracks does not appear on the screen. You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs with PBC playback. Playing in random order (Shuffle Play) You can have the player shuffle titles, chapters, or tracks. Subsequent shuffling may produce a different playing order. T 01 02 03 04 05 PROGRAM 1. TITLE 0 2 0 3 ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE 3. TITLE 4. TITLE 5. TITLE 6. TITLE 7. TITLE Selected title and chapter PROGRAM 1. TRACK 0 2 ALL CLEAR 2. TRACK 3. TRACK 4. TRACK 5. TRACK 6. TRACK 7. TRACK 0:15:30 01 02 03 04 05 T Selected track Total time of the programmed tracks CLEAR DISPLAY ENTER 37 Playing Discs 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SHUFFLE), then press ENTER. The options for SHUFFLE appear. 3 Press X/x to select the item to be shuffled. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO TITLE CHAPTER ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or CD TRACK ◆ When Programme Play is activated ON: shuffles titles, chapters, or tracks selected in Programme Play. 4 Press ENTER. Shuffle Play starts. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select OFF in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. z Hints You can set Shuffle Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the option, press H. Shuffle Play starts. Up to 200 chapters in a disc can be played in random order when CHAPTER is selected. Note You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs with PBC playback. Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play) You can play all of the titles or tracks on a disc or a single title, chapter, or track repeatedly. You can use a combination of Shuffle or Programme Play modes. 1 Press REPEAT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press REPEAT repeatedly to select the item to be repeated. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO DISC: repeats all of the titles. TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW DISC: repeats all the titles of the selected type. TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 OFF CHAPTER TITLE OFF DVD VIDEO CLEAR REPEAT DISC ,continued SHUFFLE www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-9 38 ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or CD DISC: repeats all of the tracks. TRACK: repeats the current track. ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) DISC: repeats all of the albums. ALBUM: repeats the current album. TRACK: repeats the current track. ◆ When Programme Play or Shuffle Play is activated ON: repeats Programme Play or Shuffle Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select OFF in step 2. z Hints You can set Repeat Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the REPEAT option, press H. Repeat Play starts. You can also select REPEAT from the Control Menu (page 12). Note You cannot use this function with VIDEO CDs with PBC playback. Repeating a specific portion (A- B Repeat Play) You can play a specific portion of a title, chapter or track repeatedly. (This function is useful when you want to memorize lyrics, etc.) 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (A-B REPEAT), then press ENTER. The options for A-B REPEAT appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. The A-B REPEAT setting display appears. 4 During playback, when you find the starting point (point A) of the portion to be played repeatedly, press ENTER. The starting point (point A) is set. 5 When you reach the ending point (point B), press ENTER again. The set points are displayed and the player starts repeating this specific portion. CLEAR ENTER DISPLAY SET OFF OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO Set point A with . A-B REPEAT ENTER CHAPTER TIME Set point B with . ENTER A-B REPEAT 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD VIDEO CHAPTER TIME ON T 1 : 3 4 : 3 0 39 Playing Discs To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select OFF in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes When you set A-B Repeat Play, the settings for Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, and Programme Play are cancelled. A-B Repeat Play does not work for titles containing still pictures on a DVD-RW in VR mode. A-B Repeat Play does not work across multiple titles on a DVD-RW in VR mode. 40 Searching for a Scene Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Shuttle mode, Jog mode, Search, Freeze Frame) You can quickly locate a particular point on a disc by monitoring the picture or playing back slowly. Note Depending on the DVD/VIDEO CD, you may not be able to do some of the operations described. Using the click shuttle on the remote (Shuttle mode) Turn the click shuttle on the remote. The playback speed changes depending on the turning direction and degree of rotation as shown below. Actual speeds may differ with some discs. During playback 3M Fast forward (faster than 2M) (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW/VIDEO CD only) Y 2M Fast forward (faster than 1M) Y 1M Fast forward Y ×2B (DVD VIDEO/CD only) Y N (normal speed) Y ×2b (DVD VIDEO only) Y 1m Fast reverse Y 2m Fast reverse (faster than 1m) Y 3m Fast reverse (faster than 2m) (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW/VIDEO CD only) The twice the normal speed. If you turn the click shuttle quickly, the playback speed goes to 2M or 2m at once. During pause mode (DVD VIDEO, DVD-RW, VIDEO CD only) 1 (playback direction) Y 2 (playback direction — slower than 1 ) Y X Y 2 (opposite direction — slower than 1 ) (DVD only) Y 1 (opposite direction) (DVD only) To return to normal play Press H. JOG Click shuttle (step) (step) Playback Dial playback speed is about 41 Searching for a Scene Playing a disc frame by frame using the click shuttle (Jog mode) 1 Press JOG. The JOG indicator lights up. 2 Turn the click shuttle. Depending on the turning speed, playback goes to frame-by-frame playback in the direction that the click shuttle is turned. Turn the click shuttle clockwise to go forward, and counterclockwise to rewind (DVD only). If you turn the click shuttle at a constant speed for a while, the playback speed goes to slow or normal. To return to normal play Press H. To turn off the Jog mode Press JOG again so that the indicator turns off. To locate a point quickly using the Playback Dial on the player You can search for a particular point on a disc in various ways using the Playback Dial. To go to the next chapter/track/scene During playback, briefly turn the Playback Dial clockwise to skip to the next chapter/ track/scene, or counterclockwise to skip to the previous ones. To locate a point quickly (Search) During playback, turn and hold the Playback Dial clockwise to locate a point in the playback direction, or counterclockwise to locate a point in the opposite direction. When you find the point you want, release the dial to return to normal playback speed. Playing one frame at a time (Freeze Frame) When the player is in the pause mode, press (step) to go to the next frame. Press (step) to go to the preceding frame (DVD only). If you hold the button down, you can view the frames in succession. To return to normal playback, press H. Searching for a Title/ Chapter/Track/Scene, etc. You can search a DVD by title or chapter, and you can search a VIDEO CD/CD/DATA CD by track, index, or scene. As titles and tracks are assigned unique numbers on the disc, you can select the desired one by entering its number. Or, you can search for a scene using the time code. 1 Press DISPLAY. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select the search method. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW TITLE CHAPTER TIME/TEXT Select to search for a starting point by inputting the time code. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD without PBC playback TRACK INDEX CLEAR ENTER DISPLAY Number buttons ,continued TIME/TEXT www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-10 42 ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD with PBC Playback SCENE INDEX ◆ When playing a CD TRACK INDEX ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) ALBUM TRACK Example: when you select CHAPTER ** (**) is selected (** refers to a number). The number in parentheses indicates the total number of titles, chapters, tracks, indexes or scenes. 3 Press ENTER. ** (**) changes to (**). 4 Press X/x or the number buttons to select the title, chapter, track, index, or scene number you want to search. If you make a mistake Cancel the number by pressing CLEAR, then select another number. 5 Press ENTER. The player starts playback from the selected number. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. To search for a scene using the time code (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) 1 In step 2, select TIME/TEXT. T **:**:** (playing time of the current title) is selected. 2 Press ENTER. T **:**:** changes to T --:--:--. 3 Input the time code using the number buttons, then press ENTER. For example, to find the scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, and 20 seconds after the beginning, just enter 2:10:20. z Hints When the Control Menu display is turned off, you can search for a chapter (DVD VIDEO/DVD- RW) or track (CD) by pressing the number buttons and ENTER. You can display the first scene of titles, chapters, or tracks recorded on the disc on a screen divided into 9 sections. You can start playback directly by selecting one of the scenes. For details, see Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) on the next page. Notes The title, chapter, or track number displayed is the same number recorded on the disc. You cannot search for a still picture on a DVD- RW in VR mode. You cannot search for a scene on a DVD+RW using the time code. 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD VIDEO T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 Selected row DVD VIDEO 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 ( 3 4 ) 43 Searching for a Scene Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and find the desired scene quickly. 1 Press PICTURE NAVI during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE NAVI repeatedly to select the item. Refer to the explanations given for each item in the following sections. CHAPTER VIEWER (for DVD VIDEO only) TITLE VIEWER (for DVD VIDEO only) TRACK VIEWER (for VIDEO CD only) 3 Press ENTER. To return to normal play Press O RETURN. z Hint You can also select PICTURE NAVIGATION from the Control Menu (page 12). Notes The PICTURE NAVIGATION is not available when playing Super VCDs. Depending on the disc, you may not be able to select all functions. The sound is muted when using this function. Scanning the title, chapter, or track (TITLE VIEWER, CHAPTER VIEWER, TRACK VIEWER) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and display the first scene of titles, chapters, or tracks. You can also play back from the selected title, chapter, or track. After performing step 3 of Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) above, select the scene using C/X/x/c and press ENTER. z Hint If there are more than 9 titles, chapters, or tracks, V is displayed at the bottom right. To display the additional titles, chapters, or tracks, select the bottom right scene (the position 9) and press x. To return to the previous scene, select the top left scene (the position 1) and press X. PICTURE NAVI ENTER RETURN ENTER 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9 44 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time You can check the playing time and remaining time of the current title, chapter, or track. Also, you can check the DVD/CD text or track name (MP3 audio) recorded on the disc. 1 Press TIME/TEXT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly to change the time information. The display and the kinds of time that you can change depend on the disc you are playing. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD- RW *:*:* (hours: minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current title *:*:* Remaining time of the current title *:*:* Playing time of the current chapter *:*:* Remaining time of the current chapter ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (with PBC functions) *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current scene ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions) or CD *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track *:* Remaining time of the current track *:* Playing time of the current disc *:* Remaining time of the current disc ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track ◆ When playing a Super VCD *:* (minutes: seconds) Playing time of the current track To check the DVD/CD text or track and album names (MP3 audio) Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly in step 2 to display text recorded on the DVD VIDEO/ CD/DATA CD. The DVD/CD text appears only when text is recorded in the disc. You cannot change the text. If the disc does not contain text, NO TEXT appears. For DATA CDs, the track and album names of the MP3 audio track appears (page 47). TIME/TEXT Time information BRAHMS SYMPHONY 45 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the information on the front panel display You can view the time information and text displayed on the TV screen also on the front panel display. The information on the front panel display changes as follows when you change the time information on your TV screen. When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD-RW When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions) or CD z Hints When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, the scene number or the playing time are displayed. Long text that does not fit in a single line will scroll across the front panel display. You can also check the time information and text using the Control Menu (page 12). Notes Depending on the type of disc being played, the DVD/CD text or track name may not be displayed. The player can only display the first level of the DVD/CD text, such as the disc name or title. Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be displayed correctly. Playing time of the current title Remaining time of the current title Playing time of the current chapter Remaining time of the current chapter Text Current title and chapter number (returns to top automatically) Playing time and number of the current track Track name Playing time and number of the current track Remaining time of the current track Remaining time of the disc Text Playing time of the disc Current track and index number (returns to top automatically) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-11 46 Checking the Play Information You can check information such as the bit rate or the disc layer that is being played. Checking the play information of a DVD (ADVANCED) 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu is displayed. 2 Press X/x to select (ADVANCED), then press ENTER. The options for ADVAN CED appear. 3 Press X/x to select items. For each item, please refer to Displays of each item. BIT RATE: displays the bit rate. LAYER: displays the layer and the pick-up point. 4 Press ENTER. To turn off the ADVANCED window Select in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Display of each item By pressing DISPLAY repeatedly, you can display either or whichever was selected in ADVANCED. ◆BIT RATE When playing MPEG audio sound tracks Bit rate refers to the amount of video/audio data per second in a disc. While playing a disc, an approximate bit rate of the playback picture is displayed as Mbps (Mega bit per second) and the audio as kbps (kilo bit per second). The higher the bit rate, the larger the amount of data. However, this does not always mean that you can get higher quality pictures or sounds. ◆LAYER Indicates the approximate point where the disc is playing. If it is a dual-layer DVD, the player indicates which layer is being read ( Layer 0 or Layer 1 ). For details on the layers, see page 71 (DVD VIDEO). ENTER DISPLAY TIME/TEXT 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 BIT RATE DVD VIDEO BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 384 OFF BIT RATE LAYER BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 384 Audio Video BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 0 1000 Audio Video Appears when the DVD has dual layers OFF BIT RATE LAYER, 47 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the play information of a DATA CD By pressing TIME/TEXT while playing MP3 audio tracks on a DATA CD, you can display the audio bit rate (the amount of data per second of the current audio). T 17:30 128k JAZZ RIVER SIDE Bit rate Album name Track name 48 Sound Adjustments Changing the Sound When playing a DVD VIDEO recorded in multiple audio formats (PCM, Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, or DTS), you can change the audio format. If the DVD VIDEO is recorded with multilingual tracks, you can also change the language. With CDs, DATA CDs, or VIDEO CDs, you can select the sound from the right or left channel and listen to the sound of the selected channel through both the right and left speakers. For example, when playing a disc containing a song with the vocals on the right channel and the instruments on the left channel, you can hear the instruments from both speakers by selecting the left channel. 1 Press (audio) during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press (audio) repeatedly to select the desired audio signal. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. Refer to Language Code List on page 74 to see which language the code represents. When the same language is displayed two or more times, the DVD VIDEO is recorded in multiple audio formats. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW The types of sound tracks recorded on a disc are displayed. The default setting is underlined. Example: : MAIN (main sound) 1: SUB (sub sound) 1: MAIN+SUB (main and sub sound) ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio) The default setting is underlined. TEREO: The standard stereo sound 1/L: The sound of the left channel (monaural) 2/R: The sound of the right channel (monaural) ◆ When playing a Super VCD The default setting is underlined. :STEREO: The stereo sound of the audio track 1 1:1/L: The sound of the left channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) 1:2/R: The sound of the right channel of the audio track 1 (monaural) 2:STEREO: The stereo sound of the audio track 2 2:1/L: The sound of the left channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) 2:2/R: The sound of the right channel of the audio track 2 (monaural) z Hint You can also select AUDIO from the Control Menu (page 12). Note While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select 2:STEREO, 2:1/L, or 2:2/R. DISPLAY 1:ENGLISH 49 Sound Adjustments Displaying the audio information of the disc Press DISPLAY during playback to display the Control Menu. Select AUDIO using X/x. The channels being played are displayed on the screen. For example, in Dolby Digital format, multiple signals ranging from monaural to 5.1 channel signals can be recorded on a DVD VIDEO. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the number of the recorded channels may differ. *　　 PCM, MPEG, DTS, or DOLBY DIGITAL is displayed. In the case of DOLBY DIGITAL, the channels in the playing track are displayed by numbers as follows: For Dolby Digital 5.1 ch: **The letters in the programme format display indicate the following sound components: L: Front (left) R: Front (right) C: Centre LS: Rear (left) RS: Rear (right) S: Rear (monaural): The rear component of the Dolby Surround processed signal and the Dolby Digital signal LFE: Low Frequency Effect signal z Hint For Dolby Digital and DTS, is always enclosed in a solid line regardless of the LFE signal component being output. Note If is set to OFF in AUDIO SETUP, the DTS track selection option will not appear on the screen even if the disc contains DTS tracks (page 67). DVD VIDEO 1: ENGLISH 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 L R C DOLBY DIGITAL 3/2.1 PROGRAM FORMAT LFE LS RS Current audio format* Currently playing programme format** DOLBY DIGITAL 3 / 2 . 1 LFE (Low Frequency Effect) component 1 Rear component 2 Front component 2+ Centre component 1 DTS LFE www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-12 50 TV Virtual Surround Settings (TVS) When you connect a stereo TV or 2 front speakers, TVS (TV Virtual Surround) lets you enjoy surround sound effects by using sound imaging to create virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L: left, R: right) without using actual rear speakers. TVS was developed by Sony to produce surround sound for home use using just a stereo TV. If the player is set up to output the signal from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, the surround effect will only be heard when DOLBY DIGITAL is set to D-PCM and MPEG is set to PCM in AUDIO SETUP (page 67). 1 Press SUR during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SUR repeatedly to select one of the TVS sounds. Refer to the following explanations given for each item. TVS DYNAMIC VS WIDE TVS NIGHT TVS STANDARD To cancel the setting Select in step 2. ◆TVS DYNAMIC Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers (shown below). This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS WIDE Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in the illustration below. This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS NIGHT Large sounds, such as explosions, are suppressed, but the quieter sounds are unaffected. This feature is useful when you want to hear the dialog and enjoy the surround sound effects of at low volume. ◆TVS STANDARD Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in the illustration below. Use this setting when you want to use TVS with 2 separate speakers. SUR TVS DYNAMIC TV TV OFF TVS WIDE 51 Sound Adjustments z Hints You can select TVS by pressing the SURROUND button on the player. You can also select TVS from the Control Menu (page 12). Notes When the playing signal does not contain a signal for the rear speakers, the surround effects will be difficult to hear. When you select one of the TVS modes, turn off the surround setting of the connected TV or amplifier (receiver). Make sure that your listening position is between and at an equal distance from your speakers, and that the speakers are located in similar surroundings. Not all discs will respond to the TVS NIGHT function in the same way. When you use the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack to listen to MPEG audio signals and set MPEG to MPEG in AUDIO SETUP , no sound will come from your speakers if you select one of the TVS modes. L: Front speaker (left) R: Front speaker (right) : Virtual speaker L R 52 Enjoying Movies Changing the Angles If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD VIDEO, appears in the front panel display. This means that you can change the viewing angle. 1 Press (angle) during playback. The number of the angle appears on the display. 2 Press (angle) repeatedly to select the angle number. The scene changes to the selected angle. z Hint You can also select from the Control Menu (page 12). Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD VIDEO. Displaying the Subtitles If subtitles are recorded on the discs, you can change the subtitles or turn them on and off whenever you want while playing a DVD. 1 Press (subtitle) during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press (subtitle) repeatedly to select the setting. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Select the language. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. Refer to on page 74 to see which language the code represents. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW Select . To turn off the subtitles Select in step 2. z Hint You can also select from the Control Menu (page 12). Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the subtitles even if multilingual subtitles are recorded on it. You also may not be able to turn them off. 2 1:ENGLISH ANGLE Language Code List ON OFF SUBTITLE 53 Enjoying Movies Adjusting the Picture Quality (BNR) The Block Noise Reduction (BNR) function adjusts the picture quality by reducing the block noise or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (BNR), then press ENTER. The options for appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. 1: reduces the block noise. 2: reduces the more than 1. 3: reduces the more than 2. 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “BNR” setting Select in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes If the outlines of the images on your screen should become blurred, set BNR to Depending on the disc or the scene being played, there may be no BNR effect, or it may be hard to discern. ENTER DISPLAY OFF 1 2 3 DVD VIDEO OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 BNR block noise block noise OFF OFF. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-13 54 Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) You can adjust the video signal of the DVD or VIDEO CD from the player to obtain the picture quality you want. Choose the setting that best suits the programme you are watching. When you select you can make further adjustments to each element of the picture (colour, brightness, etc.). 1 Press PICTURE MODE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select the setting you want. The default setting is underlined. STANDARD: displays a standard picture. DYNAMIC 1: produces a bold dynamic picture by increasing the picture contrast and the colour intensity. DYNAMIC 2: produces a more dynamic picture than DYNAMIC 1 by further increasing the picture contrast and the colour intensity. CINEMA 1: enhances details in dark areas by increasing the black level. CINEMA 2: White colours become brighter and black colours become richer, and the colour contrast is increased. MEMORY: adjusts the picture in greater detail. z Hints When you watch a movie, CINEMA 1 or CINEMA 2 is recommended. The picture can be adjusted by pressing the PICTURE MODE button on the player as well. You can also select C USTOM PICTURE MODE from the Control Menu (page 12). Adjusting the picture items in “MEMORY” You can adjust each element of the picture individually. PICTURE: changes the contrast BRIGHTNESS: changes the overall brightness COLOR: makes the colours deeper or lighter HUE: changes the colour balance 1 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select “MEMORY” then press ENTER. The PI CTURE adjustment bar appears. 2 Press C/c to adjust the picture contrast, then press ENTER. The adjustment is saved, and BRIGHTNESS adjustment bar appears. 3 Repeat step 2 to adjust “BRIGHTNESS,” “COLOR,” and “HUE.” The Custom Picture Mode display appears. You can check each adjustment. PICTURE MODE ENTER RETURN DYNAMIC 1 8 ( 3 ) C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE 0 Cancel : Select : ENTER RETURN 55 Enjoying Movies To turn off the display Press O RETURN , or select RETURN in step 3 and press ENTER. z Hints To reset the picture items to the default values, press c after step 3 to select and press ENTER. If you do not want to save the adjustment in step 2, you can go to the next picture adjustment item by pressing X/x without saving. Enhancing the Playback Picture (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER) The Digital Video Enhancer (DVE) function makes the picture appear clear and crisp by enhancing the outlines of images on your TV screen. Also, this function can soften the images on the screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER), then press ENTER. The options for DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. 1: enhances the outline. 2: enhances the outline more than 1. 3: enhances the outline more than 2. SOFT: softens the image (DVD only). C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE BRIGHTNESS COLOR HUE RESET +1 +3 RETURN ENTER DISPLAY 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO OFF 3 2 1 OFF SOFT ,continued RESET 56 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” setting Select O FF in step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Note Depending on the disc or the scene being played, noise found in the disc may become more apparent. If this happens, it is recommended that you use the BNR function (page 53) with the DVE function. If the condition still does not improve, reduce the Digital Video Enhancer level, or select SOFT (DVD only) in step 3 above. 57 Using Various Additional Functions Using Various Additional Functions Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) You can set two kinds of playback restrictions for the desired disc. Custom Parental Control You can set playback restrictions so that the player will not play inappropriate discs. Parental Control Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes. The same password is used for both Parental Control and Custom Parental Control. Custom Parental Control You can set the same Custom Parental Control password for up to 40 discs. When you set the 41st-disc, the first disc is cancelled. 1 Insert the disc you want to lock. If the disc is playing, press x to stop playback. 2 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 3 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for PARENTAL CONTROL appear. 4 Press X/x to select “ON t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 5 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. Custom parental control is set. appears and then the screen returns to the Control Menu. ENTER DISPLAY Number buttons OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-14 58 To turn off the Custom Parental Control function 1 Follow steps 1 through 3 of Parental Control. 2 Press X/x to select OFF t, then press ENTER. 3 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. To play a disc for which Custom Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc for which Custom Parental Control is set. The CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL display appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player is ready for playback. z Hint If you forget your password, enter the 6-digit number 199703 using the number buttons when the CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL display asks you for your password, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. Note Once you set Custom Parental Control with a recorded disc such as a DVD-RW, the display for entering the password may appear again when you insert a different recorded disc. Input the password to play the disc. Parental Control (limited playback) Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. The PARENTAL CONTROL function allows you to set a playback limitation level. 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for CONTROL appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PLAYER t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL Custom parental control is already set. To play, enter your password and press . ENTER ENTER DISPLAY Number buttons OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER Custom PARENTAL 59 Using Various Additional Functions ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for setting the playback limitation level appears. 5 Press X/x to select “STANDARD,” then press ENTER. The selection items for STANDARD are displayed. 6 Press X/x to select a geographic area as the playback limitation level, then press ENTER. The area is selected. When you select t, select and enter a standard code in the table on page 60 using the number buttons. 7 Press X/x to select “LEVEL,” then press ENTER. The selection items for are displayed. 8 Select the level you want using X/x, then press ENTER. Parental Control setting is complete. The lower the value, the stricter the limitation. To turn off the Parental Control function Set LEVEL to OFF in step 8. To play a disc for which Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc and press H. The display for entering your password appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player starts playback. z Hint If you forget your password, remove the disc and repeat steps 1 to 3 of Parental Control (limited playback). When you are asked to enter your password, enter 199703 using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. After you enter a new 4-digit password, replace the disc in the player and press H. When the display for entering your password appears, enter your new password. Notes When you play discs which do not have the Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this player. Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the parental control level while playing the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level. If the Resume Play mode is cancelled, the level returns to the previous level. PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: USA OTHERS PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF OFF STANDARD: 8: 7: 6: 5: NC17 R PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: STANDARD: USA 4: PG13 ,continued OTHERS LEVEL 60 Area Code Changing the password 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for CONTROL appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PASSWORD t,” then press ENTER. The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 5 Enter a new 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 6 To confirm your password, re-enter it using the number buttons, then press ENTER. If you make a mistake entering your password Press C before you press ENTER and input the correct number. If you make a mistake Press O RETURN. To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. Standard Code number Argentina 2044 Australia 2047 Austria 2046 Belgium 2057 Brazil 2070 Canada 2079 Chile 2090 China 2092 Denmark 2115 Finland 2165 France 2174 Germany 2109 India 2248 Indonesia 2238 Italy 2254 Japan 2276 Korea 2304 Malaysia 2363 Mexico 2362 Netherlands 2376 New Zealand 2390 Norway 2379 Pakistan 2427 Philippines 2424 Portugal 2436 Russia 2489 Singapore 2501 Spain 2149 Sweden 2499 Switzerland 2086 Thailand 2528 United Kingdom 2184 PARENTAL 61 Using Various Additional Functions Controlling Your TV with the Supplied Remote You can control the sound level, input source, and power switch of your Sony TV with the supplied remote. You can control your TV using the buttons below. Note Depending on the unit being connected, you may not be able to control your TV using some of the buttons. Controlling other TVs with the remote You can control the sound level, input source, and power switch of non-Sony TVs as well. If your TV is listed in the table below, set the appropriate manufacturer s code. 1 While holding down TV [/1, press the number buttons to select your TV’s manufacturer’s code (see the table below). 2 Release TV [/1. Code numbers of controllable TVs If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV. Notes If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be erased. When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number you have set may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number again. By pressing You can TV [/1 Turn the TV on or off 2 (volume) +/ Adjust the volume of the TV t (TV/video) Switch the TV s input source between the TV and other input sources. TV Number buttons Manufacturer Code number Sony 01 (default) Aiwa 01 (default) Grundig 11 Hitachi 24 JVC 33 LG 06 Loewe 06 Panasonic 17, 49 Philips 06, 08 Samsung 06 Sanyo 25 Sharp 29 Thomson 43 Toshiba 38 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-15 62 Settings and Adjustments Using the Setup Display By using the Setup Display, you can make various adjustments to items such as picture and sound. You can also set a language for the subtitles and the Setup Display, among other things. For details on each Setup Display item, see pages from 63 to 67. Note Playback settings stored in the disc take priority over the Setup Display settings and not all the functions described may work. 1 Press DISPLAY when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SETUP), then press ENTER. The options for appear. 3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM,” then press ENTER. The Setup Display appears. 4 Press X/x to select the setup item from the displayed list: “LANGUAGE SETUP,” “SCREEN SETUP,” “CUSTOM SETUP,” or “AUDIO SETUP.” Then press ENTER. The Setup item is selected. Example: 5 Select an item using X/x, then press ENTER. The options for the selected item appear. Example: 6 Select a setting using X/x, then press ENTER. The setting is selected and setup is complete. Example: 4:3 PAN SCAN ENTER DISPLAY ( 47 ) : : QUICK CUSTOM RESET DVD VIDEO QUICK LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 16:9 ON JACKET PICTURE LINE: VIDEO Selected item Setup items SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX LINE: 4:3 PAN SCAN 16:9 Options SETUP SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE 63 Settings and Adjustments To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. To enter the Quick Setup mode Select in step 3. Follow from Step 5 of the Quick Setup explanation to make basic adjustment (page 24). To reset all the “SETUP” settings 1 Select in step 3 and press ENTER. 2 Select using X/x. You can also quit the process and return to the Control Menu by selecting NO here. 3 Press ENTER. All the settings explained on pages 63 to 67 return to the default settings. Do not press [/1 while resetting the player, which takes a few seconds to complete. Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) LANGUAGE SETUP allows you to set various languages for the on-screen display or sound track. Select LANGUAGE SETUP in the Setup Display. To use the display, see Using the Setup Display (page 62). ◆ OSD (On-Screen Display) Switches the display language on the screen. ◆ MENU (DVD VIDEO only) You can select the desired language for the disc s menu. ◆ AUDIO (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the sound track. When you select the language given priority in the disc is selected. ◆ SUBTITLE (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the subtitle recorded on the DVD VIDEO. When you select the language for the subtitles changes according to the language you selected for the sound track. z Hint If you select t in MENU, or select and enter a language code from Language Code List on page 74 using the number buttons. Note When you select a language in or that is not recorded on a DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 PAN SCAN ON JACKET PICTURE LINE: VIDEO Selected setting LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH QUICK RESET YES ORIGINAL, AUDIO FOLLOW, OTHERS SUBTITLE, AUDIO, SUBTITLE, AUDIO MENU, 64 Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) Choose settings according to the TV to be connected. Select in the Setup Display. To use the display, see Setup Display (page 62). The default settings are underlined. ◆ TV TYPE Selects the aspect ratio of the connected TV (4:3 standard or wide). Note Depending on the DVD, may be selected automatically instead of SCAN or vice versa. ◆SCREEN SAVER The screen saver image appears when you leave the player in pause or stop mode for 15 minutes, or when you play back a CD or DATA CD (MP3 audio) for more than 15 minutes. The screen saver will help prevent your display device from becoming damaged (ghosting). Press H to turn off the screen saver. ◆BACKGROUND Selects the background colour or picture on the TV screen in stop mode or while playing a CD or DATA CD (MP3 audio). ◆LINE Selects the method of outputting video signals from the LINE (RGB)-TV jack on the rear panel of the player. Notes If your TV does not conform to the S video or the RGB signals, no picture appears on the TV screen even if you select or Refer to the instructions supplied with your TV. If you set LINE to RGB in SCREEN SETUP, the player does not output component video signals from COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. 16:9 Select this when you connect a wide-screen TV or a TV with a wide mode function. 4:3 LETTER BOX Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen. 4:3 PAN SCAN Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Automatically displays the wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 16:9 ON JACKET PICTURE LINE: VIDEO 16:9 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN SCAN ON Turns on the screen saver. OFF Turns off the screen saver. JACKET PICTURE The jacket picture (still picture) appears, but only when the jacket picture is already recorded on the disc (CD- EXTRA, etc.). If the disc does not contain a jacket picture, the G RAPHICS picture appears. GRAPHICS A preset picture stored in the player appears. BLUE The background colour is blue. BLACK The background colour is black. VIDEO Outputs video signals. S VIDEO Outputs S video signals. RGB Outputs RGB signals . SCREEN SETUP Using the 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN S VIDEO RGB. 65 Settings and Adjustments Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) Use this to set up playback related and other settings. Select in the Setup Display. To use the display, see Setup Display (page 62). The default settings are underlined. ◆ AUTO PLAY Switches the Auto Play setting on or off. This function is useful when the player is connected to a timer (not supplied). ◆ DIMMER Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display. ◆ PAUSE MODE (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the picture in pause mode. ◆ TRACK SELECTION (DVD VIDEO only) Gives the sound track which contains the highest number of channels priority when you play a DVD VIDEO on which multiple audio formats (PCM, MPEG audio, DTS, or Dolby Digital format) are recorded. Notes When you set the item to the language may change. The TRACK SELECTION setting has higher priority than the settings in (page 63). If you set DTS to OFF (page 67), the DTS sound track is not played even if you set TRACK SELECTION to If PCM, DTS, MPEG audio, and Dolby Digital sound tracks have the same number of channels, the player selects PCM, DTS, Dolby Digital, and MPEG audio sound tracks in this order. ◆ MULTI-DISC RESUME (DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD only) Switches the Multi-disc Resume setting on or off. Resume playback can be stored in memory for up to 6 different DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD discs (page 29). OFF Switches this function off. ON Automatically starts playback when the player is turned on. BRIGHT Makes the lighting bright. DARK Makes the lighting dark. AUTO The picture, including subjects that move dynamically, is output with no jitter. Normally select this position. FRAME The picture, including subjects that do not move dynamically, is output in high resolution. CUSTOM SETUP AUTO PLAY: DIMMER: OFF BRIGHT AUTO PAUSE MODE: OFF TRACK SELECTION: ON MULTI-DISC RESUME: OFF No priority given. AUTO Priority given. ON Stores the resume setting in memory for up to six discs. (The settings remain in memory even if you select OFF.) OFF Does not store the resume setting in memory. Playback restarts at the resume point only for the current disc in the player. CUSTOM SETUP Using the AUTO, AUDIO LANGUAGE SETUP AUTO. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-16 66 Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) allows you to set the sound according to the playback and connection conditions. Select in the Setup Display. To use the display, see Setup Display (page 62). The default settings are underlined. ◆ AUDIO ATT (attenuation) If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to ON. The player reduces the audio output level. This function affects the output of the following jacks: LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks LINE (RGB)-TV jack ◆ AUDIO DRC (Dynamic Range Control) (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Makes the sound clear when the volume is turned down when playing a DVD that conforms to This affects the output from the following jacks: LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks LINE (RGB)-TV jack DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack only when DOLBY DIGITAL is set to (page 67). ◆DOWNMIX (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Switches the method for mixing down to 2 channels when you play a DVD which has rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded in Dolby Digital format. For details on the rear signal components, see D isplaying the audio information of the disc (page 49). This function affects the output of the following jacks: LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks LINE (RGB)-TV jack DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack when DOLBY DIGITAL is set to D-PCM (page 67). ◆DIGITAL OUT Selects if audio signals are output via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. Setting the digital output signal Switches the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) or MD deck with a digital input jack. For connection details, see page 19. Select and DTS after setting to OFF Normally, select this position. ON Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted. STANDARD Normally select this position. TV MODE Makes the low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down. WIDE RANGE Gives you the feeling of being at a live performance. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: D-PCM PCM DTS: OFF DOLBY SUR- ROUND Normally, select this position. Multi-channel audio signals are output to two channels for enjoying surround sounds. NORMAL Multi-channel audio signals are downmixed to two channels for use with your stereo. ON Normally select this position. When you select see Setting the digital output signal for further settings. OFF The influence of the digital circuit upon the analog circuit is minimal. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DOLBY DIGITAL: MPEG: OFF STANDARD DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM PCM DTS: OFF DIGITAL OUT: ON AUDIO SETUP AUDIO SETUP Using the AUDIO DRC. D-PCM ON, DOLBY DIGITAL, MPEG, DIGITAL OUT ON. 67 Settings and Adjustments If you connect a component that does not conform to the selected audio signal, a loud noise (or no sound) will come out from the speakers, damaging your ears or speakers. ◆ DOLBY DIGITAL (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal. ◆ MPEG (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the type of MPEG audio signal. ◆ DTS (DVD VIDEO only) Selects whether or not to output DTS signals. Note When you use the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack to listen to MPEG audio signals and set to MPEG in , no sound will come from your speakers if you select one of the TVS mode. D-PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. You can select whether the signals conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) or not by making adjustments to the DOWNMIX item in AUDIO SETUP (page 66). DOLBY DIGITAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in MPEG decoder. If you play MPEG audio sound tracks, the player outputs stereo signals via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. MPEG Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in MPEG decoder. OFF Select this when the player is connected to an audio component without a built-in DTS decoder. ON Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in DTS decoder. MPEG AUDIO SETUP 68 Additional Information Troubleshooting If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the player, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer. Power The power is not turned on. , Check that the mains lead is connected securely. Picture There is no picture/picture noise appears. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cords are damaged. , Check the connection to your TV (page 16) and switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. , In the Setup Display, set LINE in to the appropriate item that conforms to your system (page 62). , The disc is dirty or flawed. , If the picture output from your player goes through your VCR to get to your TV or if you are connected to a combination TV/ VIDEO player, the copy-protection signal applied to some DVD programmes could affect picture quality. If you still experience problems even when you connect your player directly to your TV, please try connecting your player to your TV s S VIDEO input (page 16). , You are playing a disc recorded in a colour system that is different from your TV. , If you set to in SCREEN SETUP (page 24, 64), the player does not output component video signals from COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Even though you set the aspect ratio in “TV TYPE” of “SCREEN SETUP,” the picture does not fill the screen. , The aspect ratio of the disc is fixed on your DVD. The picture is black and white. , In the Setup Display, set in to the appropriate item that conforms to your TV (page 64). , Depending on the TV, the picture on the screen becomes black and white when you play a disc recorded in the NTSC colour system. , If you are using a SCART (Euro AV) cord, be sure to use one that is fully wired (21-pins). Sound There is no sound. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cord is damaged. , The player is connected to the wrong input jack on the amplifier (receiver) (page 21, 22, 23). , The amplifier (receiver) input is not correctly set. , The player is in pause mode or in Slow- motion Play mode. , The player is in fast forward or fast reverse mode. , If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, check the audio settings (page 66). , While playing a Super VCD on which the audio track 2 is not recorded, no sound will come out when you select or Sound is noisy. , When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks, noise will come from the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) jacks or DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack (page 27). Sound distortion occurs. , Set AUDIO ATT in AUDIO SETUP to ON (page 66). The sound volume is low. , The sound volume is low on some DVDs. The sound volume may improve if you set AUDIO DRC to TV MODE (page 66). , Set in AUDIO SETUP to (page 66). SCREEN SETUP LINE RGB LINE SCREEN SETUP 2:STEREO, 2:2/R. 2:1/L, AUDIO ATT OFF 69 Additional Information Operation The remote does not function. , The batteries in the remote are weak. , There are obstacles between the remote and the player. , The distance between the remote and the player is too far. , The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the player. The disc does not play. , The disc is turned over. Insert the disc with the playback side facing down on the disc tray. , The disc is skewed. , The player cannot play certain discs (page 6). , The region code on the DVD does not match the player. , Moisture has condensed inside the player (page 3). , The player cannot play a recorded disc that is not correctly finalized (page 6). The MP3 audio track cannot be played (page 33). , The DATA CD is not recorded in the MP3 format that conforms to ISO 9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet. , The MP3 audio track does not have the extension , The data is not formatted in MP3 even though it has the extension .MP3. , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. , The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. “Copyright lock” appears and the screen turns blue when playing a DVD-RW disc. , Images taken from digital broadcasts, etc., may contain copy protection signals, such as complete copy protection signals, single copy signals, and restriction-free signals. When images that contain copy protection signals are played, a blue screen may appear instead of the images. It may take a while when looking for playable images. The title of the MP3 audio album or track is not correctly displayed. , The player can only display numbers and alphabet. Other characters are displayed as The disc does not start playing from the beginning. , Programme Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, or A-B Repeat Play has been selected (page 35). , Resume play has taken effect (page 29). The player starts playing the disc automatically. , The disc features an auto playback function. , AUTO PLAY in CUSTOM SETUP is set to ON (page 65). Playback stops automatically. , While playing discs with an auto pause signal, the player stops playback at the auto pause signal. You cannot perform some functions such as Stop, Search, Slow-motion Play, Repeat Play, Shuffle Play, or Programme Play. , Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. See the operating manual that comes with the disc. The language for the sound track cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 30). , Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track. The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off. , Try using the DVD s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 30). , Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the subtitles. The angles cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 30). , Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD being played. ,continued .MP3. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-17 70 , The angle can only be changed when the indicator lights up on the front panel display (page 9). , The DVD prohibits changing of the angles. The player does not operate properly. , When static electricity, etc., causes the player to operate abnormally, unplug the player. 5 numbers or letters are displayed on the screen and on the front panel display. , The self-diagnosis function was activated. (See the table on page 70.) The disc tray does not open and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Child Lock is set (page 28). The disc tray does not open and “TRAY LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility. “Data error” appears on the TV screen when playing a DATA CD. , The MP3 audio track you want to play is broken. , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) When the self-diagnosis function is activated to prevent the player from malfunctioning, a five-character service number (e.g., C 13 50) with a combination of a letter and four digits appears on the screen and the front panel display. In this case, check the following table. First three characters of the service number Cause and/or corrective action C 13 The disc is dirty. ,Clean the disc with a soft cloth (page 7). C 31 The disc is not inserted correctly. ,Re-insert the disc correctly. E XX (xx is a number) To prevent a malfunction, the player has performed the self-diagnosis function. ,Contact your nearest Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility and give the 5- character service number. Example: E 61 10 C:13:50 71 Additional Information Glossary Chapter (page 9) Sections of a picture or a music feature that are smaller than titles. A title is composed of several chapters. Depending on the disc, no chapters may be recorded. Dolby Digital (page 19, 67) Digital audio compression technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. This technology conforms to multi-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. Dolby Digital provides the same discrete channels of high quality digital audio found in Dolby Digital theater surround sound systems. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data are recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 19) Audio signal processing technology that Dolby Laboratories developed for surround sound. When the input signal contains a surround component, the Pro Logic process outputs the front, centre and rear signals. The rear channel is monaural. DTS (page 19, 67) Digital audio compression technology that Digital Theater Systems, Inc. developed. This technology conforms to multi-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. DTS provides the same discrete channels of high quality digital audio. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data is recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. DVD VIDEO (page 6) A disc that contains up to 8 hours of moving pictures even though its diameter is the same as a CD. The data capacity of a single-layer and single- sided DVD is 4.7 GB (Giga Byte), which is 7 times that of a CD. The data capacity of a double-layer and single-sided DVD is 8.5 GB, a single-layer and double-sided DVD is 9.4 GB, and double-layer and double-sided DVD is 17GB. The picture data uses the MPEG 2 format, one of the worldwide standards of digital compression technology. The picture data is compressed to about 1/40 (average) of its original size. The DVD also uses a variable rate coding technology that changes the data to be allocated according to the status of the picture. Audio information is recorded in a multi-channel format, such as Dolby Digital, allowing you to enjoy a more real audio presence. Furthermore, various advanced functions such as the multi-angle, multilingual, and Parental Control functions are provided with the DVD. DVD-RW (page 6) A DVD-RW is a recordable and rewritable disc that is the same size as a DVD VIDEO. The DVD-RW has two different modes: VR mode and Video mode. DVD-RWs created in Video mode have the same format as a DVD VIDEO, while discs created in VR (Video Recording) mode allow the contents to be programmed or edited. DVD+RW (page 6) A DVD+RW (plus RW) is a recordable and rewritable disc. DVD+RWs use a recording format that is comparable to the DVD VIDEO format. Index (CD)/Video Index (VIDEO CD) (page 12) A number that divides a track into sections to easily locate the point you want on a CD or VIDEO CD. Depending on the disc, no index may be recorded. MPEG audio (page 19, 67) International standard coding system used to compress audio digital signals authorized by ISO/IEC. MPEG 1 conforms to up to 2- channel stereo. MPEG 2, used on DVDs, conforms to up to 7.1-channel surround. ,continued 72 Scene (page 9) On a VIDEO CD with PBC (playback control) functions, the menu screens, moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called s cenes. Title (page 9) The longest section of a picture or music feature on a DVD, movie, etc., in video software, or the entire album in audio software. Track (page 9) Sections of a picture or a music feature on a CD or VIDEO CD (the length of a song). 74 Language Code List For details, see pages 48, 52, 63. The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard. Code Language Code Language Code Language Code Language 1027 Afar 1028 Abkhazian 1032 Afrikaans 1039 Amharic 1044 Arabic 1045 Assamese 1051 Aymara 1052 Azerbaijani 1053 Bashkir 1057 Byelorussian 1059 Bulgarian 1060 Bihari 1061 Bislama 1066 Bengali; Bangla 1067 Tibetan 1070 Breton 1079 Catalan 1093 Corsican 1097 Czech 1103 Welsh 1105 Danish 1109 German 1130 Bhutani 1142 Greek 1144 English 1145 Esperanto 1149 Spanish 1150 Estonian 1151 Basque 1157 Persian 1165 Finnish 1166 Fiji 1171 Faroese 1174 French 1181 Frisian 1183 Irish 1186 Scots Gaelic 1194 Galician 1196 Guarani 1203 Gujarati 1209 Hausa 1217 Hindi 1226 Croatian 1229 Hungarian 1233 Armenian 1235 Interlingua 1239 Interlingue 1245 Inupiak 1248 Indonesian 1253 Icelandic 1254 Italian 1257 Hebrew 1261 Japanese 1269 Yiddish 1283 Javanese 1287 Georgian 1297 Kazakh 1298 Greenlandic 1299 Cambodian 1300 Kannada 1301 Korean 1305 Kashmiri 1307 Kurdish 1311 Kirghiz 1313 Latin 1326 Lingala 1327 Laothian 1332 Lithuanian 1334 Latvian; Lettish 1345 Malagasy 1347 Maori 1349 Macedonian 1350 Malayalam 1352 Mongolian 1353 Moldavian 1356 Marathi 1357 Malay 1358 Maltese 1363 Burmese 1365 Nauru 1369 Nepali 1376 Dutch 1379 Norwegian 1393 Occitan 1403 (Afan)Oromo 1408 Oriya 1417 Punjabi 1428 Polish 1435 Pashto; Pushto 1436 Portuguese 1463 Quechua 1481 Rhaeto- Romance 1482 Kirundi 1483 Romanian 1489 Russian 1491 Kinyarwanda 1495 Sanskrit 1498 Sindhi 1501 Sangho 1502 Serbo- Croatian 1503 Singhalese 1505 Slovak 1506 Slovenian 1507 Samoan 1508 Shona 1509 Somali 1511 Albanian 1512 Serbian 1513 Siswati 1514 Sesotho 1515 Sundanese 1516 Swedish 1517 Swahili 1521 Tamil 1525 Telugu 1527 Tajik 1528 Thai 1529 Tigrinya 1531 Turkmen 1532 Tagalog 1534 Setswana 1535 Tonga 1538 Turkish 1539 Tsonga 1540 Tatar 1543 Twi 1557 Ukrainian 1564 Urdu 1572 Uzbek 1581 Vietnamese 1587 Volap k 1613 Wolof 1632 Xhosa 1665 Yoruba 1684 Chinese 1697 Zulu 1703 Not specified 1-17 E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-1 SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY DVP-LS500 2-1. DISASSEMBLY • This set can be disassembled in the order shown below. Set Upper case (Page 2-1) Tray panel (Page 2-2) Power block (Page 2-5) Front panel section (Page 2-2) Mechanism deck (Page 2-3) MB-108 board (Page 2-4) AF-98 board (Page 2-5) ER-26 board (Page 2-4) Optical pick-up (Page 2-3) Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given. 2-2. UPPER CASE 3 Three tapping screws 2 Tapping screw 1 Tapping screw 4 Upper case www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-2 2-3. TRAY PANEL 2-4. FRONT PANEL SECTION 2 Slide the lever. 1 Open the dust cover. 5 Tray panel 4 Two claws 3 Draw out the tray. 1 Flexible flat cable (FFS-10: CN402) 2 Claw 3 Claw 4 Claw 5 Claw 6 Claw 7 Front panel section www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-3 2-5. MECHANISM DECK 2 Connector (CN471) 4 Flexible flat cable (FMM-48: CN201) 1 Connector (CN201) 5 Three screws (B3) 6 Mechanism deck 3 Two flexible flat cables (FMO-8: CN203/FMS-23: CN204) 2-6. OPTICAL PICK-UP 7 Insulator 3 Insulator screw 4 Optical pick-up 6 Insulator 2 Insulator screw 1 Insulator screw 5 Insulator www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-4 2-7. ER-26 BOARD 2-8. MB-108 BOARD 3 ER-26 board 2 Two screws (B3) 1 Flexible flat cable (FAE-9: CN901) 1 Connector (CN601) 2 Connector (CN101) 5 Connector (CN102) 6 Two screws (B3) 8 Screw (B3) 4 Flexible flat cable (FMM-48: CN201) 9 MB-108 board 3 Two flexible flat cables (FMO-8: CN203/FMS-23: CN204) 7 Screw (B3) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-5 2-9. POWER BLOCK 3 Four screws (B3) 4 Power block 1 Connector (CN101) 2 Connector (CN201) 2-10. AF-98 BOARD 3 Seven screws (B3) 4 Two screws (B3) 1 Flexible flat cable (FAE-9: CN102) 5 AF-98 board 2 Connector (CN471) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-6 2-11. INTERNAL VIEWS M001 Loading motor 1-763-967-11 Optical pick-up (KHM-290AAA) A-6061-908-A — Top view — — Bottom view — www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-7 E 2-12. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION AF-98 board (INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) ER-26 board (EURO AV) MB-108 board (SIGNAL PROCESS SERVO) SW-384 board (FUNCTION SWITCH) MS-128 board (LOADING MOTOR) Power supply block (ETXNY410E0F) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1 3-2 3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM IC201 IC301 IC403 IC303 IC404 IC405 IC101 IC106 IC404 IC102 J104 (1/2) J104 (2/2) J103 J102 IC202 BASE UNIT KHM-290AAA/ SERVICE ASSY MS-128 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-24) SW-384 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-36) OPTICAL DEVICE DVD/CD PD IC RF DVD/CD RF AMP, SERVO ERROR PROCESS RF+ ARP, SERVO DSP FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL FOCUS/TRACKING COIL DRIVE, SPINDLE/SLED/ LOADING MOTOR DRIVE M M M SPINDLE MOTOR SLED MOTOR M001 LOADING MOTOR FUNCTION KEY IF CON P. CONT POWER SW SERIAL BUS EEPROM 32M FLASH IC108 1M SRAM PARALLEL BUS CDDOUT, CDDATA, CDBCK, CDLRCK SDI 0 – 7 AV DECODER SPDIF, ACH12, BCK, LRCK 16M DRAM 16M SDRAM V, Y, C V, Y, C Y, Cb, Cr R, G, B VIDEO BUFFER SPDIF IC204 IC201 AUDIO AMP IC820 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER SW-15V SW+3.3V EVER+3.3V SW+5V AU+11V EVER -15.5V SW+11V SW+3.5V EVER+5V SW+5V EVER+11V INLIMIT SENSOR CHUCK/TRAY DETECT POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) (SEE PAGE 4-43) SWITCHING REG AC IN Y, Cb, Cr 05 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y LINE OUT VIDEO 1 S VIDEO OUT LINE OUT L R OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL J201 D104-107 F101 SW201 +3.3V +11V +1.8V +5V REG REG IC104 SYSTEM CONTROL S001 IC107 OTP or IC601 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER SW V, Y, C Y/G, Cb/R, Cr/B I / ER-26 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-38) V/Y, R/C, G, B LINE (RGB) –TV CNJ902 IC901 VIDEO BUFFER, SELECT SW AUDIO CB CR MB-108 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-9 to 4-22) AF-98 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-27 to 4-34) +5V +11V -15V REG +3.3V ND401 VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 3-3 3-4 3-2. RF/SERVO BLOCK DIAGRAM 1 19 22 25 27 59 42 41 36 38 44 13 15 21 33 37 14 11 7 ı ı ı 10 45 48 32 29 125 124 126 147 131 148 152 37 36 48 1 47 46 20 22 15 17 35 34 27 28 7 10 25 24 3 4 45 5 128 153 154 146 61 12 11 143 144 32 33 MB-108 BOARD (1/4) (SEE PAGE 4-9, 11, 13, 24) BASE UNIT KHM-290AAA/SERVICE ASSY OPTICAL DEVICE 8 26 21 25 Q201 DVD LD DRIVE IC201 IC301 DVD/CD PD IC DVD/CD LD MODULE CN203 DVD/CD RF AMP, SERVO ERROR PROCESS RF IP A – D A2 – D2 VC PD DVD LD SIGO FE TE PI DFT MON MIRR TZC SRD SWD SCLK SDEN SERVO DSP ADC1 ADC0 ADC2 DFCTI ADC7 PDM 2, 3 129 130 ADC5, 6 MIRR TZC ADC4 SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-5) SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-7) XRESET HCS HINT MDSO MDPO 163 164 GIO9/GREF GIO10/FGIN GIO1/INT3 PWM2 PWM0, 1 PDM 0, 1 GIO0/INT2 SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE FOCUS COIL DRIVE TRACKING COIL DRIVE LOADING MOTOR DRIVE SLED MOTOR DRIVE 7 1 4 1 IC202 5 2 4 5·4 9·8 2·1 4·3 1·2 CN201 CN001 LDM± CKSW1 OCSW1 INLIMIT SENSOR TRACKING COIL FOCUS COIL M001 LOADING MOTOR M M M MS-128 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-24) SLED MOTOR SPINDLE MOTOR CN204 39 VCI 19 39 20 22 16 17 155 GIO2/INT4 05 CHUCK/TRAY DETECT S001 (1/2) RF A – D VC PD DVD LD 26 19 Q202 CD LD DRIVE CD LD CD LD VR SLA±, SLB± SPM± INLIM TRK± 127 ADC3 FCS± PS TSD-M 40 42 43 VREF +3.3V LDONB GIO6/SDI GIO7/SDO GIO8/SCK GIO13 XSDPIT XSDPCS XRST XDRVMUTE OCSW1 RF+ CKSW1 XLDON FE TE PI SSDFCTI SS MON MDSO, MDPO SPMUTE SLDA, SLDB LMP, LMM TSD LMCTL TDRV± FDRV± SPFG SLE 159 161 162 167 12 9 10 11 17 13 E, F 15 7 E , F ı 16 15 ı 1.1 Vp-p IC201 1 (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 100 ns/DIV IC201 1 (CD play) 200 mV/DIV 500 ns/DIV 680 mVp-p IC201 ra (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 1.7 Vp-p 1.7 Vp-p IC201 ra (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ms/DIV IC201 rs (DVD play) 100 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 150 mVp-p IC201 rs (CD play) 50 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 1.4 Vp-p IC201 tl (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 100 ns/DIV IC201 tl (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ns/DIV IC301 (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 100 ns/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 2 IC301 (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ns/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 3 IC301 (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 3 IC301 (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ms/DIV 1.7 Vp-p 4 IC301 (DVD play) 50 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 190 mVp-p 4 IC301 (CD play) 100 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 320 mVp-p B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 3.5 4.8 4.8 3.3 1.3 1.7 0.7 2.3 3.3 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.6 0.6 3.3 1 1.7 3.3 3.5 1.6 2.6 2.5 1 3.3 1.7 3.5 0.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 1.7 1.8 2.2 1.7 D2.5/C2.1 1.7 1.7 0.1 2 2 1.3 1.5 1.7 3.5 1.4 1.8 1.7 1.2 1.7 0.1 0.1 1.8 1.7 0 3.5 0 3.5 D3.4/C2.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0 0 3.5 0 3.5 3.5 1.7 2.8 0.3 0 1.8 1.7 0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 1.8 2.6 3.5 1.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.5 3.5 1 2.1 1.7 0 1.8 3.5 0 1.7 1.8 2.5 3.5 3.5 0 1.7 0.9 1 0.2 0.9 2 2 1.8 3.5 1.8 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.2 3.5 0.2 1.8 0.1 0.2 3.5 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 1.7 1.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.1 1 2 3 4 C:CD PLAY D:DVD PLAY NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY XSRQ XSDPCS XWAIT XARPCS XSDPIT XARPIT CDDOUT HA7 HA2 HA6 CDLRCK/TDOKT HA5 HA3 XSAK HA4 HA0 HA1 HD14 GND +5V SVC HD15 SPFG HD10 +3.3V TCK SLE HD12 GND TDIKT PI HD13 TMS FE HD8 RF+ XFRRST XSHD HD11 SDCK HD9 SDEF TE MDPO MDSO CDDATA/EMU1 CDBCK/EMU0 CDLRCK/TDOKT SSCS LMM SSCK LMP SSWD SSRD TSD INLIM SPMUTE SLDB SLDA LMCTL 33MARP SSDFCTI MIRR TZC SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 XRD XWRH FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV+ TDRV- +1.8V +3.3V XRST SS_MON INTR SIGDET 0.5% 2200 R323 XX R305 470 R313 0.5% 22k R321 10k R326 XX R304 0.5% 10k R327 470 R315 4700 R335 100 R311 10k R324 4700 R316 0.5% 1800 R334 XX R309 27k R328 0.5% 10k R319 2200 R329 2200 R330 470 R314 6800 R325 150k R333 0.5% 220 R312 0 R302 0 R301 0.5% 1k R322 2200 R332 2200 R331 XX R308 0.5% 33k R320 470 R318 10k R336 10k R349 0 R352 0 R351 XX R337 100 R360 10k R358 10k R359 10k R317 XX R363 1k R303 XX R364 XX R346 XX R347 XX R348 XX R338 XX R339 XX R340 XX R341 XX R342 XX R343 XX R344 XX R345 4700p C305 0.01u C304 0.01u C321 4700p C318 0.068u C312 100p C310 0.1u C324 0.01u C314 0.01u C328 0.01u C315 0.01u C325 4700p C330 0.01u C329 0.01u C322 0.01u C319 0.01u C326 4700p C320 0.01u C311 0.01u C323 0.01u C327 0.1u C317 0.033u C313 0.1u C331 0.01u C332 0.01u C333 C335 0.01u 0.01u C338 0.01u C340 XX C342 0.01u C343 C344 0.01u XX C345 0.01u C339 XX C341 0.01u C337 XX C336 C309 0.1u JL317 JL310 JL309 JL318 JL335 JL337 JL333 JL336 JL334 JL319 JL325 JL322 JL321 JL324 JL323 JL320 JL327 JL314 JL316 JL315 JL312 JL311 JL313 JL338 JL339 JL341 JL340 JL328 JL332 JL331 JL330 JL329 JL342 JL343 JL308 JL301 JL303 JL306 JL304 JL305 JL302 JL307 JL344 CN301 XX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C302 XX 100u C308 6.3V CXD9703R IC301 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 4700p C316 0.01u C334 CL301 CL302 CL308 CL309 CL313 CL314 CL315 CL321 CL317 CL316 CL322 CL323 IC303 GLT4161L16P-50TCT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 41 42 43 44 45 46 11 15 36 40 24 25 47 48 49 50 FL301 XX XX FL302 IC302 TK11133CSCL-G 1 2 3 4 5 TCK TCK TDIKT TMS TMS XFRRST TDIKT RAMD15 RAMD13 RAMD14 RAMD10 RAMD9 SDI2 RAMD11 RAMD12 RAMD8 CDLRCK/TDOKT SDI7 SDI0 SDI6 SDI5 SDI3 SDI4 SDI1 RAMD6 RAMD5 RAMD4 RAMD3 RAMD2 RAMD1 RAMD7 RAMD0 RAMA9 RAMA8 RAMA7 RAMA6 RAMA5 RAMA4 RAMA3 RAMA2 RAMA1 RAMA0 SDEF XSAK XSHD SDCK CDDOUT CDBCK/EMU0 CDDATA/EMU1 SDEF XSAK XSRQ XSHD SDCK CDDOUT SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 XSDPIT XSDPCS XSDPCS XRD XWRH FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV- TDRV+ XRD XWRH FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV- TDRV+ XSDPIT RAMD0 RAMD1 RAMD2 RAMD3 RAMD4 RAMD5 RAMD6 RAMD7 RAMD8 RAMD9 RAMD10 RAMD11 RAMD12 RAMD13 RAMD14 RAMD15 RAMA0 RAMA1 RAMA2 RAMA3 RAMA4 RAMA5 RAMA6 RAMA7 RAMA8 XSRQ RAMA9 XFRRST TMS TCK TDIKT CDLRCK/TDOKT CDLRCK/TDOKT CDBCK/EMU0 XFRRST CDDATA/EMU1 TCK TRST EMU0 EMU1 3.3V GND GND TDO TMS TDI TDI VDDA2 3.3V MD4 GIO5/PGIN VDDD0 3.3V XRD DATA/EMU1 MA2 VSSA5 GIO11/TMC2 A2 LRCK/TDO VSS MD9 VSSD1 D6 XMWR MD14 VDDA3 3.3V PWM1 MIRR VSS TZC A6 VRBA TESTK0 SD5 VDD3.3V ADC4 PDM3 MA1 VDDA5 3.3V SD1 ADC0 A0 VDD3.3V FR2 GIO7/SDO XSHD DOUT MD3 VSSA1 JITPWM IREF TMS GIO4/PGREF BIAS VSS MDP0 MA7 TCK VSS VDD1.8V MD8 D5 MD15 GIO2/INT4 TESTK1 GIO10/FGIN RFIN2 PWM0 PDM1 MD5 DFCTI VDDD1 3.3V VSS A5 VSS ADC5 XWAT D3 VSSA4 HCS MA4 VSSA0 SD2 ADC3 GIO3/INT5 R1 XSAK FR3 VDD3.3V XSRQ SDCK MD2 INM RFD AOUT TRST MDS0 VREF MD13 MA6 D7 VDD1.8V GIO13 VSS VRT MD6 VSSA3 XCS VDD3.3V GIO1/INT3 PWM2 TESTK3 VSSD2 MA3 GIO9/GREF VDD3.3V CLKIN A4 ADC6 D1 HINT MD1 MD11 VCO SD0 ADC2 R2 SDEF VDD1.8V XRAS Y VDDA4 3.3V VSS INP PLCKO A3 VSSA2 MA8 SD6 D2 GIO6/SDI LOCK VSSD0 XWR BCLK/EMU0 BUSY MD7 XINT RFIN1 PDM2 MA5 TESTK2 VRB ADC7 D4 A7 VDD1.8V VSS MD0 MD10 VDD1.8V D0 XCAS GIO0/INT2 MD12 VDD1.8V VDDD2 3.3V PDM0 GIO8/SCK SD4 ADC1 MA9 MA0 SD3 VRTA XRESET FR1 VSS A1 VSS VDDA0 3.3V SD7 VDDA1 3.3V I/O13 I/O15 I/O10 A3 N.C I/O3 I/O14 RAS I/O11 I/O4 A4 I/O5 N.C WE GND N.C N.C N.C I/O6 GND I/O8 A7 A0 A9 A1 I/O12 A6 LCAS I/O0 I/O2 UCAS GND N.C I/O1 I/O9 VDD N.C I/O7 A8 VDD A5 OE A2 VDD CONT GND NOISE VIN VOUT A B C D E G F (6/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) IC303 16M DRAM IC301 ARP,SERVO DSP MB-108 BOARD (4/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) (4/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (4/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7) (6/7) MB-108 BOARD 21 B 10 N L 3 1 J 12 14 6 K 18 5 20 M 8 9 A 7 H D 19 4 2 I 13 G 05 E 16 C 15 17 11 F XX MARK:NO MOUNT MB-108 BOARD (2/7) IC302 +3.3V REG AUDIO SPINDLE SERVO(SPEED AND PHASE) FOCUS SERVO Y/CHROMA SIGNAL PATH SLED SERVO DVD/CD PB SIGNAL TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV VIDEO SIGNAL MB-108 BOARD (4/7) (1/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (4/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7) (1/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (4/7) MB-108 BOARD (4/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-13 4-14 AV DECODER MB-108 (3/7) MB-108 (AV DECODER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board. • See page 4-15 for Waveforms. – Ref. No.: MB-108 board; 2,000 series – B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 4.7 4.7 1.3 3.3 3.5 3.5 1.8 1.3 3.5 1.3 0.7 0.7 1.3 1.3 1.1 0.5 1.8 0.4 2 2 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.7 D0/C0.9 1.8 3.5 1.7 1.7 1.7 0 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0.6 0.6 3.3 0.6 3.3 3.3 0.6 0.6 3.5 3.3 3.5 0.6 0 3.3 3.5 1.8 3.5 1.8 1.7 0.1 3.5 0 3.5 2.8 3.5 3.5 1.8 0.1 3.2 0.1 3.5 1.3 3.2 3.5 3.5 3.2 1.6 3.5 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.8 D0.6/C0.3 D2.4/C3 1.8 D1.5/C2.1 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.8 1.7 3.5 1.7 3.5 0.4 3.5 3.5 3 0.2 0.7 0.5 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.5 0.6 1.8 2.8 0.7 0.9 0.8 3.5 0.9 2.5 1 0.9 2 2 1.8 0.2 1 2.1 3.5 3.5 3.5 1.8 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0.2 3.5 0.2 3.5 3.5 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.8 D2.7/C3.1 D2.1/C2.4 D2.1/C1.6 D2/C2.4 D2/C2.2 D1.3/C2.3 D1.9/C3.1 D1.4/C2.4 D1.9/C2.2 D1.9/C2.5 D2/C2.5 D2/C2.5 D1.4/C2.3 D2/C1.6 D1.9/C2.5 D2/C2.4 D2.9/C3.3 2.1 3.5 D2/C2.4 D1.9/C2.5 D1.4/C2.3 D2/C2.5 3.5 D1.9/C2.2 D1.9/C3.1 D2/C2.2 D2.1/C1.6 3.5 0.1 3.2 D2.9/C3.3 D2.7/C3.1 3.2 1.6 0.1 0.1 D0.6/C0.3 D1.5/C2.1 1.6 3.5 2.1 D2/C1.6 D2/C2.5 D1.9/C2.5 3.5 D1.4/C2.4 D1.3/C2.3 D2/C2.4 D2.1/C2.4 3.5 0.1 1.3 D2.7/C3.1 0.1 0.1 1.8 D2.4/C3 1.5 1.5 D2.1/C1.6 0.1 D2.7/C3.1 3.2 D1.4/C2.4 0.1 3.5 D2.9/C3.3 D2/C2.5 D1.9/C2.5 D1.9/C3.1 D2/C1.6 3.5 2.1 D1.9/C2.5 D2/C2.5 D0.6/C0.3 D2/C2.4 D1.5/C2.1 0.1 1.5 1.5 D2.4/C3 0.1 1.6 D2.7/C3.1 3.2 1.3 1.8 3.5 0.1 D2/C2.2 3.5 D1.9/C2.2 D2.1/C2.4 3.5 D1.4/C2.3 1.6 3.5 D2/C2.4 D1.3/C2.3 0.1 C:CD PLAY D:DVD PLAY NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 VIDEO LEVEL ADJ. RV401 DREQ1 TDIKT SDI2 CDLRCK/TDOKT DREQ0 SDI1 HD7 XWAIT SDI0 HD8 HD6 XAVDIT HD5 HA4 XWRH SDCK HD4 HA5 HA20 SDEF HD3 HA7 HA19 XSHD HD2 HA6 HA21 XSAK HD1 HA3 HA18 XSRQ HA2 HA16 27MAVD HA0 HA17 XRST HA1 HA15 +1.8V 512FSAVD HA14 SPDIF1 HA13 +3.3V BCK XRD XAVDCS2 HA12 LRCK XAVDCS3 HA11 HD12 HA8 HD11 HA9 ACH12 HD10 CDDOUT HD9 CDDATA/EMU1 HD0 CDBCK/EMU0 HD15 HD14 HD13 SDI7 SDI6 HA10 SDI5 TMS DACK0 SDI4 DACK1 CDLRCK/TDOKT SDI3 TCK GND YOUT Y/G CB/R CR/B COUT COMPOUT +5V XFRRST 33MAVD IC406 XX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 C447 0.01u C441 0.01u 0.01u C438 C448 XX C444 XX XX C437 C440 XX C445 XX C442 0.01u C443 XX 0.01u C439 0.01u C446 XX C414 0.01u C416 0.01u C422 0.01u C423 0.01u C426 XX C430 0.01u C431 0.01u C432 XX C433 XX C434 0.01u C435 0.01u C436 0.01u C429 0.01u C425 XX C424 XX C421 0.01u C418 0.01u C413 0.01u C412 XX C411 0.01u C410 XX C409 0.01u C408 0.01u C428 XX C427 0.01u C415 0.01u C417 0.01u C403 0.1u C419 0.1u C420 0.01u C407 0.01u C449 XX C450 JL401 JL402 JL408 JL409 JL410 JL411 JL412 JL404 JL403 JL405 JL406 JL413 JL407 JL414 JL415 JL417 JL416 R431 XX 10 R430 10k R412 10k R426 XX R425 XX R404 R417 XX 10k R423 0 R402 0 R401 1200 R414 6800 R413 0.5% R407 220 0.5% R406 220 0.5% R408 220 0.5% R409 220 0.5% R410 220 0.5% R411 220 100 R405 R416 XX R420 XX R415 XX XX R429 XX R418 XX R421 R436 XX R437 XX R438 XX 0 R439 470 R403 16V 10u C402 16V 10u C406 50V 1u C404 6.3V 100u C405 16V 10u C401 1k RV401 FL404 FL402 FL403 XX IC404 GLT5160L16P-7TCT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 IC405 GLT5160L16P-7TCT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 TK11118CSCL-G IC401 1 2 3 4 5 TK11133CSCL-G IC402 1 2 3 4 5 IC403 CXD1935Q 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 44 52 43 51 42 50 41 49 40 48 39 47 38 46 37 45 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 ADAD6 ADDT2 ADDT6 ADAD6 ADDT14 ADAD11 ADDT2 ADAD2 ADAD1 ADDT11 ADDT3 ADAD0 ADDT1 ADAD3 ADAD5 ADDT8 ADAD5 ADDT12 ADAD0 ADDT10 ADAD9 ADAD7 ADDT12 ADAD2 ADAD4 ADAD3 ADAD4 ADAD10 ADDT5 ADAD1 ADDT7 ADDT6 ADDT9 ADAD8 ADDT4 ADDT5 ADDT13 ADAD11 ADDT15 ADDT15 ADDT3 ADDT7 SDI0 ADAD7 ADAD10 SDI1 ADDT0 SDI2 ADAD8 ADDT1 SDI3 ADAD9 ADDT14 HD0 HD15 HD14 HD13 HD12 HD11 HD10 HD1 HD9 HD8 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA10 ADDT8 HA11 ADDT4 HA12 ADDT13 HA13 HA14 ADDT10 HA15 ADDT0 HA16 ADDT9 ADDT11 HA17 HA18 HA19 HA20 HA21 ADAD3 ADAD2 ADAD1 ADAD0 ADAD10 ADDT7 ADDT6 ADDT5 ADDT4 ADDT3 ADDT2 ADDT1 ADDT0 ADAD4 ADAD5 ADAD6 ADAD7 ADAD8 ADAD9 ADDT8 ADDT9 ADDT10 ADDT11 ADDT12 ADDT13 ADDT14 ADDT15 HA0 ADAD11 ADDT8 ADDT7 ADDT9 ADDT6 ADDT10 ADDT5 ADDT11 ADDT4 ADDT12 ADDT3 ADDT13 ADDT2 ADDT14 ADDT1 ADDT15 ADDT0 ADAD4 ADAD3 ADAD5 ADAD2 ADAD6 ADAD1 ADAD7 ADAD0 ADAD8 ADAD10 ADAD9 ADAD11 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA10 HA11 HA12 HA13 HA14 HA15 HA16 HA17 HA18 HA19 HA20 HA21 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HD8 HD9 HD10 HD11 HD12 HD13 HD14 HD15 SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 HA0 VCC DQ0 DQ1 VSSQ DQ2 DQ3 VCCQ DQ4 DQ5 VSSQ DQ6 DQ7 VCCQ DQML WE CAS RAS CS A11(BA) A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VCC VSS DQ15 DQ14 VSSQ DQ13 DQ12 VCCQ DQ11 DQ10 VSSQ DQ9 DQ8 VCCQ N.C. DQMU CLK CKE N.C. A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS A1 DQ10 DQ7 A11(BA) VSSQ RAS DQ4 N.C. A0 DQ11 VSSQ DQML VCCQ VCC N.C. VCC CAS A9 VCCQ CKE A10/AP DQ13 A7 DQ6 VSSQ A3 VCCQ A5 WE DQ14 DQ2 DQ9 DQ15 A6 DQ3 VSS VSSQ A2 DQ12 A4 VCCQ A8 DQ0 VSS DQMU CS DQ8 DQ1 DQ5 CLK VDD DQ0 VDDQ DQ1 DQ2 VSSQ DQ3 DQ4 VDDQ DQ5 DQ6 VSSQ DQ7 VDD LDQM WE CAS RAS CS BA0 BA1 A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VDD VSS DQ15 VSSQ DQ14 DQ13 VDDQ DQ12 DQ11 VSSQ DQ10 DQ9 VDDQ DQ8 VSS N.C. UDQM CLK LKE N.C. A11 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS SDAD11O CVD07 HAD14I CVD03 SDDQ4 SDDQ1 DT5I DO ACH56O IVALIn HAD18I IOVSS07 DVO4 TDI CVD01 DVSS33 HAD22I SDRASOn COUT SDCS1On IOVDD12 IOVSS01 CVD06 TRST CDBCKI SDAD5O TCK MBIST_EN BF_ID HAD5I DMACK1In IOVDD00 SDDQ0 HAD3I HCPUMDI ICLKI HRWn DT0I HAD7I SDDQM1O SDCS0On YOUT HSYNCOn I2C_DATA SDDQ13 HAD15I DVO1 IOVSS03 ROUT IOVDD09 IOVDD10 DT4I ACH12O BCKO ACH34O ISTARTIn HAD19I SDDQ8 DVDD33 HAD23I AVSS02 HAD8I CDIN1I CVS01 SDDQ10 CVS05 SDAD2O IOVDD05 PAVSS18G IOVSS00 IOVSS10 CVD00 SDAD12O CVD02 HCSn CVS00 IOVSS13 SDDQM0O AVSS00 CVS03 IOVDD04 SDDQ2 IOVSS11 SCLKIN SDAD8O DVO2 NC SDAD0O IOVDD08 AVSS01 LRCKO SDDQ12 IOVDD02 IERRIn CVS07 SDDQ7 VGO IOVDD11 COMPOUT DVO5 CDIN2I DMRQ0On IOVSS05 SDCLKO SDCKEO CVD08 TMS SDCASOn CRPCLKI IREFI HAD11I SDAD9O DT7I IOVSS12 HAD12I RSTn IOVSS08 GOUT DSPACK0 DVO0 SDDQ5 IOVSS09 HAD16I PAVDD18P SDAD10O DVO3 D1CLKO IOVDD06 BOUT IOVDD01 SDDQ3 DT3I HAD20I SDDQ9 HAD9I SDAD4O SDAD1O CVS02 TESTIn IOAVDD00 CLKI SCAN_EN DVO6 CVS08 DMACK0In IOVSS02 HAD1I HWAITOn CVD05 DT2I SDWEOn IOAVSS00 IOVDD03 I2C_CLK ACLK DT6I HAD0I IOVSS06 HAD13I IOVDD13 AVDD01 DSPACK1 SDDQ11 SDDQ14 IREQON HAD17I CVD04 IOVSS04 AVDD02 HAD21I SDDQ6 HAD10I SDAD3O SDAD7O CDLRKI VREFI TDO SCAN_MODE HDATA0 DVO7 HAD4I DMRQ1On IOVDD07 SDDQ15 HAD2I HIRQOn SDAD6O DT1I HAD6I CVS06 AVDD00 FLDO CVS04 TRST TMS TCK TDI TDO VIN NOISE GND CONT VOUT HDATA1 HDATA2 HDATA3 HDATA6 HDATA4 HDATA5 HDATA7 HDATA8 HDATA9 HDATA10 HDATA11 HDATA13 HDATA12 HDATA15 HDATA14 GND NOISE VOUT CONT VIN IC403 AV DECODER IC404 16M SDRAM 16M SDRAM IC405 MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) (7/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7) MB-108 BOARD (7/7) MB-108 BOARD (6/7) (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (3/7) XX MARK:NO MOUNT 21 B 10 N L 3 1 J 12 14 6 K 18 5 20 M 8 9 A 7 H D 19 4 2 I 13 G 05 E 16 C 15 17 11 F O P 22 23 +1.8V REG IC401 +3.3V REG IC402 MB-108 BOARD (6/7) SIGNAL PATH Y SIGNAL Y/CHROMA VIDEO SIGNAL PB AUDIO CHROMA w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-15 4-16 MOTOR DRIVE MB-108 (4/7) MB-108 (MOTOR DRIVE) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-108 board; 2,000 series – B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ D3.5/C3.2 D3.5/C3.2 D3.3/C4.2 D6.7/C5.9 D3.5/C2.7 D1.3/C1.5 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 5 10.3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10.3 3.5 1.7 1.7 4.7 1.7 C:CD PLAY D:DVD PLAY NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY 1.7 GND MDSO CKSW1 FDRV+ +11V SPMUTE M_GND TDRV+ XDRVMUTE +3.3V +5V TDRV- SPFG FDRV- SLE LMM TSD SLDA LMP SVC OCSW1 LMCTL SLDB MDPO XX C208 0.1u C272 0.1u C220 C215 100p 0.01u C249 C259 0.001u 0.1u C219 0.01u C258 0.01u C250 0.001u C204 C216 220p XX C268 XX C227 XX C217 0.001u C229 XX C207 0.001u C228 0.01u C270 0.033u C246 XX C205 C206 XX 1500p C218 0.015u C214 220p C226 0.033u C240 4700p C230 XX C209 0.001u C203 100p C225 0.1u C273 XX C223 XX C274 XX C231 XX C222 16V 47u C271 10k R229 10k R259 XX R228 120k R218 10k R214 150k R220 0.5% 100k R254 10k R269 150k R221 120k R227 33k R252 XX R215 0.5% 56k R255 10k R225 1k R216 470k R233 680k R231 33k R230 10k R261 0.5% 100k R250 33k R240 33k R232 10k R213 470k R243 56k R222 1k R217 470k R226 270k R224 33k R239 33k R238 XX R237 120k R219 0.5% 56k R253 33k R241 56k R223 220k R242 330 R262 XX R271 XX R274 XX R257 XX R276 XX R275 XX R258 JL248 JL247 FAN8034L IC202 1 2 3 4 5 6 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 50 51 52 49 13 25 26 37 38 39 11 12 9 10 7 8 XX R208 100 R207 CL201 CL202 CL203 CL204 CL205 CN201 5P OCSW1 1 CKSW1 2 GND 3 LDM- 4 LDM+ 5 GND 6 OCSW2 7 TSENS 8 TMP 9 DSENS 10 TMM 11 FSC+ FSC- TRK+ TRK- SPM- SPM+ SLB- SLA+ INLIM SLA- SLB+ CKSW1 LDM+ LDM+ OCSW1 SPM+ SLB+ CKSW1 LDM- OCSW1 LDM- SLB- SLA+ FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- INL_IM SPM- SLB- SPM+ SLB+ SLA- SLA+ SLA- SPM- (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (4/7) XX MARK:NO MOUNT B 10 3 1 J 12 14 6 5 8 9 A 7 H D 4 2 I 13 G 05 E 16 C 15 11 F CN001 (SEE PAGE 4-24) MS-128 BOARD FOCUS SERVO SPINDLE SERVO(SPEED AND PHASE) TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV SIGNAL PATH SLED SERVO DVD/CD OUT2 IN2- IN2+ OUT1 D01+ IN1- SVCC IN1+ OPOUT1+ OPIN1- PS VREF OPIN2+ PVCC1 OPOUT2 OPIN1+ D02+ D02- PGND1 REV MUTE5 PVCC2 MUTE12 IN4+ SGND D04- OUT5 CTL FWD 1IN5- OUT4 IN4- OPIN2- MOTOR DRIVE TSD-M D06- MUTE34 IN5+ D01- D03+ D05+ PGND2 D04+ D03- D05- D06+ LOADING COIL DRIVE, IC202 FOCUS/TRACKING OUT3 IN3- IN3+ MB-108 BOARD (2/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7,2/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7,2/7) SPINDLE/SLED/ • Waveforms 1 IC403 tg 1 Vp-p (H) 2 IC403 tj 700 mVp-p (H) 3 IC403 tl 700 mVp-p (H) 4 IC403 ya 700 mVp-p (H) 5 IC403 yd 800 mVp-p (H) 6 IC403 yg 1.2 Vp-p (H) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-17 4-18 SYSTEM CONTROL MB-108 (5/7) MB-108 (SYSTEM CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-108 board; 2,000 series – • Waveform 1 IC104 td 3.2 Vp-p (16.5 MHz) B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ :AEP,UK :RUSSIAN :AEP,UK :RUSSIAN 1 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.5 0 0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.1 0 3.5 1.9 1.9 3.5 3.5 1.7 1.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 1.7 3.5 3.5 1 2.1 1.8 3.5 1.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 0 3.5 3.5 1.3 0.7 0.7 1.3 0.5 1.1 0.4 1.3 2 2 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.7 2 1.8 2 0.2 1.8 1.2 1 0.9 0.9 2.5 0.8 0.7 3.5 0.9 0.6 2.5 2.8 2.5 2.6 2.5 0 2.3 2 3.5 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0 3.4 1.5 3.4 3.5 3.5 0.5 0.2 0.7 3 0.4 2 0.7 1 0.7 0.9 3.5 1.9 1.8 2 1.3 1.3 2.1 1 1.8 1.8 1.3 1.2 1.5 2 0.7 2 0.9 3.5 1.4 1.7 0.8 0.9 2.5 2.8 0.6 1.1 3.5 2.5 0.5 2.6 1.3 0.4 2.5 2.5 NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY 3.5 1.3 2 2 0.7 0.7 1.7 1.4 1.8 1.3 1.9 0.7 0.2 0.9 0.8 2.5 1 1 2 2 0.9 0.4 3 0.7 2.8 0.9 2.5 0.8 2.5 2.5 0.5 2.6 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 3.5 0.4 3.5 1.8 0.5 1.5 HA15 HA21 XWAIT XAVDCS2 XWRH XRST XSDPIT SO1 XAVDCS3 HA17 HD12 HA18 HA12 HA16 HA4 DREQ1 DACK1 HA19 HA11 HD15 MA_MUTE HD2 XSDPCS XDACS HA3 HA20 HD4 XLDON HD7 HD14 HA14 XARPIT XFRRST XDRVMUTE +3.3V HD6 HD0 HA13 HD1 HA8 HA7 HA9 HA0 DREQ0 HA6 HD11 HD5 XAVDIT XARPCS +1.8V OCSW1 HD3 XRD HD13 DACK0 CKSW1 HA10 XWAIT HD10 SC1 HD8 HD9 HA5 GND HA1 HA2 WIDE RGBSEL EUROVY EXT/DSEL R133 XX 1k R117 3300 R139 XX R148 100k R119 3300 R165 R132 XX XX R155 R154 XX R128 100 10k R124 XX R102 XX R151 R145 XX XX R144 10k R156 XX R143 R169 ∗ 10k R141 R164 ∗ R111 100 1k R120 XX R126 XX R142 10k R123 R131 100 XX R170 XX R152 XX R122 XX R138 XX R146 10k R150 R130 100 R177 10k 1k R121 XX R125 XX R153 XX R147 R129 100 R166 0 R127 XX XX R172 100k R118 1k R110 3300 R168 3300 R163 XX R140 XX R109 R112 100 XX R175 XX R101 10k R178 10k R184 R107 XX R187 0 XX R188 100 R103 100 R104 100 R105 100 R106 XX R149 XX R162 IC106 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 XX C111 0.01u C129 0.01u C122 0.01u C102 0.01u C121 0.01u C114 C130 0.01u 0.01u C108 0.01u C118 C120 0.01u JL109 JL108 JL107 JL127 JL128 JL136 JL137 X101 16.5MHz 1 2 3 4V 100u C109 22k R113 CL101 IC108 IDT71V016SA15PH8(SCD2994) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 33 34 41 42 43 44 XX IC107 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 33 34 41 42 43 44 MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1 IC104 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 IC101 CAT24WC16J-TE13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FL103 FL102 XX FL106 XX FL108 XX RB102 10k RB101 XX IFBSY SI2 SO2 SC0 SO0 SI0 FSEL IFCS XFRRST HA12 HA14 HA10 HD8 HA17 HA5 HA10 HA19 HA1 HD1 HA16 HA11 HA4 HA8 HD4 HD12 HD9 HA9 HA10 HA20 HD10 HA5 HD2 HD3 HD11 HA8 HD15 HD5 HD13 HA12 HA15 HA21 HD8 HA18 HA6 HD13 HA17 HD10 HD15 HA21 HA1 HD7 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HD7 HD15 HA0 HA6 HA1 HD5 HD14 HD9 HA2 HD12 HA9 HA18 HD10 HA20 HA4 HA13 HD11 HD13 HA9 HD0 HD14 HD11 HA7 HD7 HA15 HD3 HD1 HD4 HD6 HA7 HA14 HA3 HD8 HD4 HD0 HA14 HD2 HA12 HA16 HD12 HA15 HA11 HA3 HA13 HD6 HD6 HA3 HD9 HD3 HD1 HA11 HD5 HD2 HA16 HD14 HD0 HA8 HA13 HA2 HA19 HA16 HA21 HD4 HA20 HA4 HD2 HA17 HA15 HD0 HD9 HD11 HA5 HD14 HD13 HD15 HA11 HD5 HA6 HD7 HA12 HA7 HD6 HA13 HA19 HA8 HA9 HA10 HA18 HA2 HD1 HD10 HA1 HA14 HD12 HA3 HD8 HD3 SI2 SO2 SI0 SO0 SC0 HA21 HA20 HA19 HA18 HA17 HA16 HA15 HA13 HA12 HA11 HA10 HA9 HA8 HA7 HA6 HA5 HA4 HA3 HA2 HA1 HA0 HD8 HD9 HD10 HD11 HD12 HD13 HD14 HD15 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HD1 HD0 SI2 SI0 SO0 SC0 SO2 HA2 HA14 HA8 WE N.C. DREQ0 MD2 HA16 DQ11 DQ15/A-1 A13 A2 VSS CS1X A15 VCC DQ5 DQ13 VSS (CPUCK) A3 DQ6 GND A0 BYTE INT3 A4 CS7X DQ14 A6 VCCI CE A16 HA22 48/44.1K HD0 DQ7 VSS HA19 A12 I/O5 HA14 SDA I/O12 EUROVY HA17 SCL A0 AVCC I/O3 GND HA12 A7 A5 HA20 HD2 XFRRST AVSS XDRVMUTE INT6 HD1 A3 SI0 AN0 CS6X XIFCS A4 XWAIT HA3 CPUCK X2 (IN) GND A20 HA6 A17 HA1 SC1 X1(OUT) HD13 A19 TRM+ MA_MUTE HA0 OE OE VSS EXT/DSEL HD12 XDACS A6 A8 HA11 DQ0 INT0 AVRH HD11 A9 INT7 WP HA15 A10 INT4 VSS TRM- A11 CS2X BGRNTX HD15 NMIX SC0 INT2 A12 A1 MD0 HD14 SO2 A5 HA5 VCC DQ12 INT5 OCSW2 A11 A13 SRAMWE XWRL I/O11 AN1 SO1 INT1 A10 VCC CS0X A18 DQ9 AN2 VSS HA4 RY/BY DQ2 HA9 I/O14 HD8 WP/ACC A14 HD9 DACK1 I/O2 N.C. DACK0 A14 A15 HD4 I/O1 RESET HA7 VCC DSENS OCSW1/TSW2 I/O7 HD5 I/O0 BRQ WE VCCI I/O9 CS3X LB A1 CKSW1/TSW1 HD3 VSS AN3 HA13 I/O10 A2 VCC XARPRST MD1 DREQ1 DQ8 WP A7 SI2 DQ1 CS4X I/O15 XRST A9 DQ4 I/O6 A8 I/O4 RGBSEL HD6 SI1 HD10 A2 SCL CS5X UB HD7 WIDE CS XWRH N.C. N.C. HA18 A0 SDA HA10 I/O8 HA21 VCC A1 XSACS DQ10 SO0 HA2 DQ3 XRD I/O13 VCC D10 BYTE A2 OE D14 N.C. VCC D1 A17 D2 A16 A3 VSS D7 A15 D4 CE A12 A4 D5 A14 D12 HA21 A9 D15/A-1 A0 A11 D8 A5 D9 D13 A6 A13 D11 A8 D3 VSS A1 A10 D0 D6 A18 A7 A19 XX MARK:NO MOUNT MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) (2/7) MB-108 BOARD (7/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (7/7) (7/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (4/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) (4/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) (7/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7.3/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7,3/7) SYSTEM CONTROLLER IC104 1M SRAM IC108 21 B 10 N L 3 1 J 12 14 6 K 18 5 20 M 8 9 A 7 H D 19 4 2 I 13 G 05 E 16 C 15 17 11 F (2/7,3/7,7/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (1/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (6/7) (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7,3/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD EEPROM IC101 4.7k 12k ∗R164 ∗R169 47k 6.8k MB-108 BOARD (2/7,3/7) OTP IC107 MR27V3202F-PUTPZ04B w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-19 4-20 MB-108 (CLOCK GENERATOR) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-5 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-108 board; 2,000 series – CLOCK GENERATOR MB-108 (6/7) • Waveforms 1 IC103 3 4 Vp-p (27 MHz) 2 IC103 8 3.2 Vp-p (27 MHz) 3 IC103 9, 0 DVD : 3.8 Vp-p (24.57 MHz) CD : 3.8 Vp-p (22.58 MHz) 4 IC103 qg 4.6 Vp-p (33.87 MHz) B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 1.6 3.5 1.6 3.5 ∗ 1.4 3.5 3.5 1.6 1.6 1 4 2 3 NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY ∗:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS. RFMON 33MAVD +5V 33MARP 512FSAVD M_GND +1.8V +11V 512FS2CH 27MAVD XX R179 R181 0 R182 100 R180 100 1k R185 R183 100 0 R159 22 R137 22 R134 XX R158 22 R136 0 R157 470 R114 0 R160 XX R135 22 R116 XX R186 0 R176 2.2 R108 XX R190 0.01u C104 XX C116 XX C113 XX C117 XX C119 12p C107 0.01u C105 C124 XX XX C112 12p C106 0.01u C110 JL101 JL116 JL121 JL122 JL117 JL118 JL105 JL104 JL119 JL103 JL106 JL102 JL120 JL111 JL112 JL110 JL113 JL114 JL115 JL123 JL124 JL125 JL126 JL129 JL130 JL131 JL132 JL133 JL134 JL135 4V 47u C125 16V C127 47u 4V 220u C128 100u C126 6.3V 4V 100u C103 6P CN103 1 2 3 4 5 6 6P CN102 1 2 3 4 5 6 CN101 9P FB111 FB106 FB107 FB108 FB104 FB103 FB109 FB105 FL110 FL105 FL104 FL101 X102 27MHz FL109 SM8707EV-G-E2 IC103 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10uH L101 FSEL +3.3V GND XFRRST IFBSY IFCS SO2 SI2 SI0 SC0 SO0 SI0 SO0 SC0 SI2 SO2 SO0 SC0 SI0 SI2 SO2 +3.3V 3.3V_MNT GND SO0 TXD GND RXD XIFBUSY SI0 RF MON XIFCS GND GND XFRRST SC0 27-1OUT VSS VSS VSS 33-1OUT N.C VDD VDD XTO 33-2OUT VDD 27-2OUT 512-2OUT FSEL XTI 512-1OUT +11V M_GND +5V GND +1.8V +3.3V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 XX MARK:NO MOUNT MB-108 BOARD (6/7) PLL IC103 MB-108 BOARD (2/7,3/7,5/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7-4/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7-5/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (2/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (7/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7) (JIG) DIAG AF-98 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-34) CN401 AF-98 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-33) CN400 B 10 3 1 6 5 8 9 A 7 D 4 2 G 05 E C 11 F (5/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (4/7) MB-108 BOARD (1/7-5/7,7/7) AUDIO SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL PB SIGNAL Y/CHROMA w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-21 4-22 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER MB-108 (7/7) MB-108 (AUDIO D/A CONVERTER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM – Ref. No.: MB-108 board; 2,000 series – 2 IC601 2 DVD : 3.8 Vp-p (3.1 MHz) CD : 3.8 Vp-p (2.8 MHz) 3 IC601 1 DVD : 3.8 Vp-p (24.57 MHz) CD : 3.8 Vp-p (22.58 MHz) • Waveforms 1 IC601 4 DVD : 3.6 Vp-p (48 kHz) CD : 3.6 Vp-p (44.1 kHz) B+ B+ C:CD PLAY D:DVD PLAY NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY 1.7 1.7 D0/C0.9 1.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 0 D0/C5 D0/C5 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 5 3 2 1 LRCK ACH12 BCK SC1 XDACS SO1 XRST GND SPDIF1 EXT/DSEL RGBSEL MA_MUTE 512FS2CH CR/B EUROVY CB/R Y/G YOUT COUT COMPOUT WIDE JL609 JL618 JL613 JL603 JL602 JL615 JL601 JL614 JL604 JL619 JL605 JL617 JL610 JL611 JL606 JL607 JL616 JL621 JL612 JL608 JL620 JL622 JL623 100 R601 R623 XX 0 R609 0 R607 0 R608 R612 0 16V 10u C603 AK4381VT-E2 IC601 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C601 0.001u 0.22u C602 0.01u C604 CN601 25P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 0uH FB603 0uH FB602 MCLK BICK SDTI LRCK PDN CSN CCLK CDTI DZFL DZFR VDD VSS AOUTL+ AOUTL- AOUTR+ AOUTR- Cr/B_Cr/R WIDE Cb/R_Cb/B D_GND_VIDEO Y/G D_GND_VIDEO Y D_GND_VIDEO C DISCEXT V EUROVY D_GND_VIDEO RGBSEL ALT- SPDIF ALT+ P_GND_SPDIF P_GND_2CH RMUTE ART+ LMUTE ART- MAMUTE AU+5V AUDIO D/A CONVERTER IC601 MB-108 BOARD (6/7) MB-108 BOARD (6/7) (3/7) MB-108 BOARD MB-108 BOARD (5/7) (3/7) MB-108 BOARD (5/7) MB-108 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-29) CN203 AF-98 BOARD (2/4) MB-108 BOARD (7/7) XX MARK:NO MOUNT B 10 3 1 12 6 5 8 9 A 7 D 4 2 05 E C 11 F SIGNAL Y CHROMA PB Y/CHROMA SIGNAL PATH AUDIO VIDEO SIGNAL w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-23 4-24 MS-128 (LOADING MOTOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM – Ref. No.: MS-128 board; 1,000 series – There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. : Uses unleaded solder. LOADING MOTOR MS-128 MS-128 BOARD M001 5P CN001 1 2 3 4 5 S001 1 2 3 4 5 JL001 JL002 JL003 JL004 JL005 1 A LDM+ LDM- OCSW1 CKSW1 GND MB-108 BOARD (4/7) XX MARK:NO MOUNT CN201 (SEE PAGE 4-15) LOADING MOTOR DETECT CHUCK/TRAY 2 4 5 05 B MS-128 BOARD 3 C C001 XX AF-98 board (INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) ER-26 board (EURO AV) MB-108 board (SIGNAL PROCESS SERVO) SW-384 board (FUNCTION SWITCH) MS-128 board (LOADING MOTOR) Power supply block (ETXNY410E0F) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-26 INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT AF-98 AF-98 (INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD – Ref. No.: AF-98 board; 1,000 series – There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. : Uses unleaded solder. 25 2 1 CN203 D110 D204 JW132 JW402 ET471 JW218 JW111 JL423 D108 D109 J102 C107 CN103 JL125 C B E Q107 C B E Q108 C109 C112 C114 C201 C202 C203 C204 C205 C206 C207 C208 C215 C216 C217 C218 C222 C223 C225 C226 JW104 C B E Q207 L101 J103 C110 C111 C113 C209 C210 C211 C212 C221 C224 C227 C228 C229 C213 IC203 R121 R122 R123 R124 R125 R129 R130 R131 R133 R134 JL126 R201 R202 R203 R204 R205 R206 R207 R208 R209 R210 R211 R212 R213 R214 JR214 R222 JL425 R224 R225 R226 R227 R228 R229 R230 R231 R232 R233 R234 R235 R236 R237 R238 R239 R240 R241 R242 R243 JL127 JL129 R249 R251 R252 R253 R254 R256 JW136 R283 R286 IC201 C B E Q211 IC204 CN102 J201 JR202 JR102 JW121 K A A D201 A K K D202 A K K D203 C B E Q104 C B E Q105 C B E Q106 C B E Q202 C B E Q204 C B E Q205 C B E Q206 C B E Q209 C B E Q210 JL101 JL103 JL104 JL105 JL200 JL107 JL108 JL109 JL110 JL111 JL113 JL114 JL115 JL116 JL118 JL119 JL120 JL121 JL122 JL123 JL124 JL128 JL131 JL132 JL133 JL134 JL136 JL137 JL201 JL202 JL203 JL204 JL205 JL206 JL207 JL208 JL209 JL210 JL211 JL212 JL213 JL214 JL215 JL216 JL217 JL218 JL220 JW141 JL223 JL224 JL478 JL236 JL238 JL239 JL240 JL477 1 18 19 36 IC102 J104 R127 R128 R126 R132 R135 JW203 R137 JR113 JW433 1 LP471 1 2 3 4 5 IC474 JW432 JW436 JW437 JW440 JW401 JR401 JW302 JR420 C B E Q208 R136 JW308 JR419 JW109 JW138 JW123 JW101 JW114 JW115 JW116 JW117 JW118 JW110 JW126 JW127 JW438 JW409 JR403 CN400 1 6 JW220 JW309 JW307 JW102 JW209 JW211 JW210 JW212 JW125 JW124 JS473 JW108 JW113 JW424 JW426 C105 JW441 JW435 JR404 JR405 JW313 JW404 JW314 JW205 JR426 JW204 JW413 JW414 JW315 JW316 JW310 JW208 JW214 JW213 JW207 JW122 C101 C102 1 3 2 IC103 JW105 JW417 JL102 JW412 JW418 JW131 1 LP472 JW107 JW419 JW421 JW410 JW411 JW422 JR211 JR204 JW202 JR210 JR101 JW137 JW219 C411 C412 C415 C418 C420 C423 CN405 C429 C401 C475 C430 C431 4 5 8 1 IC407 R407 R408 R418 R142 C B E Q109 R426 R428 R429 R430 R432 R434 R436 R437 R438 R439 R143 R442 R443 R444 R445 R446 R447 R448 R459 R460 R461 R462 R463 C426 JW142 1 80 24 25 40 41 65 64 IC404 1 2 5 37 38 34 ND401 D401 C476 C478 C480 C482 C485 X401 JL233 JL414 JL419 JL420 JL421 JL422 JL424 JL426 JL428 JL430 JL431 JL433 JL434 JL435 JL436 JL437 JL438 JL439 JL440 JL441 JL442 JL443 JL444 JL445 JL446 JL447 JL448 JL449 JL450 JL451 JL452 JL453 JL466 JL467 JL468 JL469 JL470 JL471 JL472 JL473 JL474 JL475 JL476 JL479 IC408 C424 C427 C428 C487 8 2 1 9 CN401 CN402 C488 C489 JR209 JR208 JR206 C479 C481 JR205 JR107 JR109 JR108 1 3 2 IC473 FB471 JL465 PS471 Q472 C B E Q473 JR104 JR203 JW143 JR103 JW112 JW106 JW120 JW443 JW459 JR110 JW129 JR112 JR413 JL232 R475 R476 R477 JS102 C242 C243 C244 C471 C472 C483 C484 13 1 CN471 JL112 JL117 JL222 JL235 JL237 PS472 C B E Q201 C B E Q203 C B E Q216 R216 R217 R218 R219 R220 R221 R246 R247 JR406 JR408 JR415 JR418 JR410 JR421 JR411 JR409 JR417 JR407 JR111 JW103 JW130 JW134 JS471 JW306 JW304 JW217 R458 1 4 5 8 JW431 JW428 JW427 JW434 JW430 JW446 JW429 JW442 JW423 JW420 JW425 R154 R153 C490 JW406 ET472 JS101 R453 R457 JR114 JR212 JW206 R468 CN406 JR422 JR423 JR424 JR425 JW447 JW448 JW221 JW458 JW454 JW453 JW457 JW455 JW456 JR215 JW450 JW451 JW452 R469 1 1 2 3 2 6 3 6 2 9 8 4 7 1 5 2 1 6 6 4 5 3 2 1 5 2 3 4 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 AF-98 BOARD 05 1-687-362- 61 (61) COMPONENT VIDEO OUT VIDEO LINE OUT R OPTICAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT L AUDIO S VIDEO OUT Y CB CR K K A K K A 1 2 3 C B E 1 3 2 1 10 9 6 5 2 1 2 7 6 AF-98 board (INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) ER-26 board (EURO AV) MB-108 board (SIGNAL PROCESS SERVO) SW-384 board (FUNCTION SWITCH) MS-128 board (LOADING MOTOR) Power supply block (ETXNY410E0F) AF-98 BOARD CN102 B-12 CN203 E-3 CN400 K-8 CN401 O-3 CN402 P-2 CN405 O-8 CN471 F-12 D108 A-9 D109 A-7 D110 C-11 D201 C-3 D202 C-2 D203 C-2 D204 G-8 IC102 C-8 IC103 F-10 IC201 C-5 IC203 D-1 IC204 A-3 IC404 P-11 IC407 K-10 IC408 N-12 IC473 J-9 IC474 K10 Q104 D-10 Q105 C-10 Q106 D-11 Q201 G-8 Q202 D-4 Q203 H-9 Q204 B-3 Q205 B-5 Q206 B-2 Q207 A-6 Q208 A-4 Q209 B-3 Q210 C-3 Q211 B-11 Q216 H-9 Q472 G-11 Q473 H-10 4-25 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-27 4-28 AF-98 (VIDEO OUT) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-25 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: AF-98 board; 1,000 series – VIDEO OUT AF-98 (1/4) B+ B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B- B- B- B+ B+ B+ B+ 0 1.1 0.5 0.6 0.6 3.5 0.5 1.1 0.5 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.5 -5 4.9 0.4 0.1 0.4 -5 -5 4.9 0 -0.2 0 -5 -5 -10.2 0.5 4.9 4.9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY WIDE CR/B_CR/R ERAUDIOL C ERAUDIOR Y/G CB/R_CB/B V_MUTE Y LCH_OUT RCH_OUT SW_-15V EUROVY V P_GND AU+11V SW+5V DISCEXT/DSEL RGBSEL D_GND_VIDEO D_GND_VIDEO P_GND MUN2111T1 Q105 XX Q108 JL109 JL113 JL120 JL131 JL105 JL117 JL133 JL103 JL134 JL116 JL118 JL104 JL119 JL111 JL107 JL101 JL102 JL110 JL136 JL112 JL114 JL132 JL115 JL128 JL122 JL123 JL124 JL125 JL127 JL129 JL126 R122 1k 68 R133 68 R134 68 R130 0 R286 3300 R121 10k R129 XX R124 XX R123 R125 0 XX R126 R135 68 R127 68 R128 68 R132 10k XX R137 0 R136 R142 XX R143 0 XX JS102 JS101 Y C G G J103 2 CGND 1 YGND 4 C 3 Y 5 S1 6 S2 0.047u C109 0.1u C112 0.1u C114 XX C105 CN102 21P RGBSEL 1 ERAUDIOL 2 EUROVY 3 4 5 +11V 6 DISCEXT 7 +5V 8 WIDE 9 VMUTE 10 Cr/B_Cr/R 11 D_GND_VIDEO 12 Cb/R_Cb/B 13 D_GND_VIDEO 14 Y/G 15 D_GND_VIDEO 16 Y 17 D_GND_VIDEO 18 C 19 -15V 20 V 21 Q106 2SA1162-YG-TE85L IC102 LA73050-TLM NC 1 NC 2 VIDEO_IN 3 DCCNT1 4 GND 5 C_IN 6 MUTE1 7 Y_IN 8 NC(DCCNT2) 9 NC(GND) 10 NC 11 Y_IN(NC) 12 DCCNT2 13 GND 14 Cb_IN 15 MUTE2 16 Cr_IN 17 -5V 18 -5V 19 Cb_OUT 22 GND 23 Y_OUT 24 +5V(NC) 25 NC 26 -5V 27 -5V 28 Y_OUT 29 NC 30 C_OUT 31 GND 32 VIDEO_OUT 33 +5V 34 NC 35 NC 36 NC 21 Cr_OUT 20 MUN2213T1 Q104 XX Q107 16V 47u C110 16V 47u C111 16V 47u C113 16V 47u C102 C107 47u 16V 0.01u C101 NJM79M05DL1A(TE2) IC103 1 GND 2 IN 3 OUT CN103 XX LINE2 1 D_GND_VIDEO 2 LINE3 3 CR_OUT 4 D_GND_VIDEO 5 CB_OUT 6 Y_OUT 7 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D108 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D109 1SS355TE-17 D110 XX L101 1W R153 33 1W 33 R154 3P J102 1 R-Y 2 RYGND 3 B-Y 4 BYGND 5 Y 6 YGND J104 3P 5 R 6 RGND 3 L 4 LGND 1 V 2 VGND Q109 XX ERAUDIOR P_GND ERAUDIOL Y17 P_GND AU+11V V_MUTE SW+5V CB/R_CB/B CR/B_CR/R AUDIO LINE OUT AUDIO R L VIDEO S VIDEO OUT C B COMPONENT C VIDEO OUT R Y AF-98 BOARD (2/4) AF-98 BOARD (4/4) AF-98 BOARD (2/4) AF-98 BOARD (2/4) AF-98 BOARD (3/4) (SEE PAGE 4-39) CN901 ER-26 BOARD IC102 VIDEO BUFFER IC103 -5V REG BUFFER Q104,105 WIDE SWITCH CHROMA AUDIO Y Y/CHROMA VIDEO SIGNAL PB SIGNAL SIGNAL PATH AF-98 BOARD (1/4) XX MARK:NO MOUNT B 10 3 1 12 14 6 5 8 9 A 7 H D 4 2 I 13 G 05 E 16 C 15 11 F ERAUDIOR AUDIO P_GND • Waveforms 1 IC102 ed 2.4 Vp-p (H) 4 IC102 wf (LINE : VIDEO mode) 2.0 Vp-p (H) 5 IC102 ws (LINE : VIDEO mode) 1.3 Vp-p (H) 6 IC102 w; (LINE : VIDEO mode) 1.3 Vp-p (H) 3 IC102 wl (LINE : S VIDEO mode) 2.0 Vp-p (H) 2 IC102 ea (LINE : S VIDEO mode) 1.8 Vp-p (H) The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-30 4-29 AF-98 (AUDIO OUT) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-25 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: AF-98 board; 1,000 series – AUDIO OUT AF-98 (2/4) B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B- B- B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 1.7 4.9 4.9 2.5 1.8 5.9 5.9 9 0 9.7 9.7 0.6 9.7 9.7 9 0 6.1 0.6 10.4 4.9 10.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 -13.1 1.3 1.3 0 0 0.8 0.8 0 10.4 10.4 9.7 -13.6 -13.7 -13.1 -15 -13.7 -14.3 NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY EUROVY RCH_OUT ERAUDIOL Y/G LCH_OUT C CR/B_CR/R RGBSEL WIDE Y DISCEXT/DSEL V P_GND D_GND_VIDEO ERAUDIOR CB/R_CB/B AU+11V EVER+3.3V SW_-15V A_MUTE D_GND_VIDEO Q210 MSB709-RT1 MSB709-RT1 Q205 MSB709-RT1 Q216 Q201 MSB710-RT1 D203 DAP202K-T-146 D202 DAP202K-T-146 R232 10k R241 470 5600 0.5% R211 10k R222 R214 4700 5600 0.5% R206 R234 4700 R236 10k 2200 R210 1k R256 47k R225 4700 0.5% R204 10k R252 4700 R213 R237 4700 47k R230 5600 0.5% R212 10k R224 1k R253 100k R238 470 R227 47k R229 R231 10k 2200 R208 XX R235 4700 0.5% R201 R233 47k 220 R249 R239 100k XX R283 2200 R209 2200 R207 R240 470 4700 0.5% R203 5600 0.5% R205 470 R226 4700 0.5% R202 1k R254 10k R228 68 R251 10k R217 470 R220 5600 R216 10k R221 100k R218 220k R219 R246 XX R247 XX 0.01u C207 180p C206 C215 220p 180p C204 XX C217 180p C203 560p C201 560p C202 180p C205 XX C218 C216 220p 0.01u C208 XX C226 C222 0.01u C223 0.01u XX C225 JL209 JL238 JL201 JL239 JL218 JL202 JL208 JL212 JL210 JL232 JL217 JL233 JL206 JL216 JL214 JL220 JL205 JL203 JL213 JL224 JL223 JL204 JL237 JL235 JL207 JL222 JL211 JL215 JL200 Q209 UN2217-TX UN2217-TX Q204 J201 1P 50V 1u C209 C212 50V 1u 16V 47u C228 16V 47u C227 16V 47u C210 16V 47u C211 16V 47u C229 16V C213 220u XX C240 35V 47u C244 XX C243 XX C221 16V C224 47u XX 6.3V C242 XX C241 MUN2213T1 Q202 Q206 MUN2213T1 MSD601-RT1 Q211 MSD601-RT1 Q203 2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q207 2SD1938(F)-ST(TX).SO Q208 TJM4558CDT IC201 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IC204 GP1FA550TZ D IN 1 VCC 2 GND 3 D201 DAN202K-T-146 CN203 25P AU+5V 1 MAMUTE 2 ART- 3 LMUTE 4 ART+ 5 RMUTE 6 P_GND_AUDIO 7 P_GND_SPDIF 8 ALT+ 9 SPDIF 10 ALT- 11 RGBSEL 12 D_GND_VIDEO 13 EUROVY 14 V 15 DISCEXT 16 C 17 D_GND_VIDEO 18 Y 19 D_GND_VIDEO 20 Y/G 21 D_GND_VIDEO 22 Cb/R_Cb/B 23 WIDE 24 Cr/B_Cr/R 25 IC203 NJM78L05UA-TE1 OUT 1 GND 2 IN 3 1SS355TE-17 D204 P_GND_AUDIO IC201 AUDIO AMP IC204 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTPUT IC203 +5V REG Q206,209,210 MUTE DRIVE MUTE DRIVE Q202,204,205 MUTE MUTE BUFFER B+ SWICTH Q201 AF-98 BOARD (1/4) COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT SIGNAL Y AUDIO CHROMA SIGNAL PATH PB VIDEO SIGNAL Y/CHROMA AF-98 BOARD (2/4) XX MARK:NO MOUNT B 10 3 1 J 12 14 6 5 8 9 A 7 H D 4 2 I 13 G 05 E C 15 11 F Q203,216 B- SWICTH (1/4) AF-98 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-22) CN601 MB-108 BOARD (7/7) (3/4) AF-98 BOARD (4/4) AF-98 BOARD (1/4) AF-98 BOARD w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-31 4-32 REGULATOR AF-98 (3/4) AF-98 (REGULATOR) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-25 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: AF-98 board; 1,000 series – B- B- B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 1.8 3.5 3.5 3.1 -15.1 -15 -14.4 4.9 1.2 4.9 3.5 NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY P-CONT GND EVER+3.3V AU+11V SW+3.3V SW+5V M_GND SW+11V SW+1.8V POWER SW_-15V C475 16V 47u 35V 47u C476 25V 22u C487 C484 100u 25V 25V 22u C488 16V 100u C481 0.01u C478 0.01u C480 0.01u C483 XX C489 0.01u C482 0.01u C479 0.01u C471 XX C485 C472 220p 0.01u C490 13P CN471 1 Power SW 2 EVER -15.5V 3 MTR GND 4 MTR GND 5 SW+11V 6 SW+11V 7 GND 8 GND 9 P.CONT 10 SW+3.5V 11 EVER+5V 12 SW+5V 13 EVER+11V ET471 PS472 0.7A 0.7A PS471 1800 R476 XX JS471 10k R475 1800 R477 FB471 0 UN2111-TX Q473 LMS8117ADTX-1.8/NOPB IC473 1 GND 2 Vout 3 Vin 2SD1766-T100-QR Q472 MM1385DNLE IC474 1 CONT 2 GND 3 NOISE 4 VOUT 5 VIN XX JS473 D_GND_VIDEO AU+11V SW_-15V M_GND M_GND POWER P-CONT SW+5V SW+11V EVER+3.3V SW+3.3V GND GND +3.3V REG IC474 +1.8V REG IC473 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK A 3 10 5 2 4 AF-98 BOARD (3/4) XX MARK:NO MOUNT 8 7 6 1 9 B D E C F 05 AF-98 BOARD (4/4) (1/4,2/4,4/4) AF-98 BOARD (2/4,4/4) AF-98 BOARD (4/4) AF-98 BOARD AF-98 BOARD (1/4,4/4) AF-98 BOARD (1/4,2/4) (4/4) AF-98 BOARD 11 AF-98 BOARD (1/4,2/4) (ETXNY410E0F) (SEE PAGE 4-44) CN201 Q472,473 B+ SWITCH w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-34 4-33 AF-98 (IF CON) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM – Ref. No.: AF-98 board; 1,000 series – IF CON AF-98 (4/4) B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ ∗ 1.6 0 3.5 0 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.1 1.6 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 0 2.7 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 -15 3.5 -15 -12.3 -1.8 -15 -7 -9.6 -9.6 -4.4 -12.3 -15 -15 -7 -15 -12.3 -4.4 -1.8 -12.3 -15 -4.3 -1.7 -15 -15 -12.6 -12.6 -15 -12.6 -12.6 -12.6 -12.6 3.5 -12.6 -9.9 -7.2 -12.7 -12.7 -15 -13.4 3.5 3.5 1 NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY ∗:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS. A_MUTE POWER SW+11V V_MUTE SW+3.3V GND SW_-15V M_GND P-CONT SW+5V EVER+3.3V SW+1.8V JL476 JL442 JL445 JL465 JL416 JL474 JL470 JL449 JL472 JL450 JL425 JL467 JL451 JL414 JL478 JL436 JL428 JL438 JL420 JL444 JL431 JL473 JL424 JL426 JL440 JL466 JL423 JL448 JL446 JL468 JL437 JL469 JL419 JL443 JL433 JL452 JL434 JL421 JL477 JL453 JL422 JL447 JL435 JL475 JL471 JL439 JL430 JL479 JL441 CN400 6P +1.8V 1 +5V 2 GND 3 +3.3V 4 +11V 5 M_GND 6 9P CN401 1 SO0 2 GND 3 SC0 4 SI0 5 XIFBUSY 6 XIFCS 7 3.3V_MNT 8 XFRRST 9 GND XX CN406 1 GND 2 AD2 3 +3.3V 4 AD1 5 O/C 6 GND 7 IR 8 SW+5V 9 PROG LED 100 R443 10k R432 R437 10k 100 R444 120 R418 100k R434 2.2 R459 100 R446 XX R463 XX R439 10k R430 XX R461 100 R428 150 R457 100 R447 10k R438 10k R429 XX R426 10k R469 15 R453 100 R442 10k R460 R458 150 XX R436 XX R462 10k R408 10k R468 100 R445 33 R407 ET472 0.01u C411 0.01u C426 0.001u C415 0.01u C423 0.01u C418 XX C430 XX C412 0.1u C427 0.1u C428 0.1u C424 XX C429 0.01u C420 XX C431 AN13992A IC407 1 HVREF 2 LVREF 3 VCC 4 EOUTTR 5 -10.7V 6 COUTTR 7 -7.8V 8 GND 7P CN402 1 GND 2 AD2 3 +3.3V 4 AD1 5 O/C 6 GND 7 IR 16V 47u C401 XX D401 10P CN405 1 3.3V_MNT 2 XFRRST 3 XIFBUSY 4 XIFCS 5 SI0 6 SO0 7 SC0 8 GND 9 IFRST 10 PCONT S-80830CNUA-B8PT2G IC408 1 VOUT 2 VCC 3 GND X401 ND401 1 F1 2 F1 5 G7 6 G6 7 G5 8 G4 9 G3 10 G2 11 G1 12 P1 13 P2 14 P3 15 P4 16 P5 17 P6 18 P7 19 P8 20 P9 21 P10 22 P11 23 P12 24 P13 25 P14 26 P15 27 P16 28 P17 29 P18 30 P19 31 P20 32 P21 33 P22 34 P23 37 F2 38 F2 86CK74AFG-4H19(M) IC404 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 SEG16 SEG15 SEG20 SEG19 SEG18 SEG17 SEG14 SEG13 SEG6 SEG7 SEG8 SEG9 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10 DIG3 DIG1 SEG21 SEG22 DIG4 DIG5 DIG6 DIG7 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG4 SEG5 DIG7 DIG6 DIG5 DIG4 DIG3 DIG2 DIG1 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG4 SEG5 SEG6 SEG7 SEG8 SEG9 SEG10 SEG11 SEG12 SEG13 SEG14 SEG15 SEG16 SEG17 SEG18 SEG19 SEG20 SEG21 SEG22 SEG23 SEG23 DIG2 DIG7 DIG6 DIG5 DIG4 DIG3 DIG2 DIG1 SEG1 SEG2 SEG3 SEG4 SEG7 SEG8 SEG9 SEG10 SEG11 SEG12 SEG13 SEG14 SEG15 SEG16 SEG17 SEG18 SEG19 SEG20 SEG21 SEG22 SEG6 SEG5 SEG23 N.C AD2 N.C N.C AVSS AD1 PONCHK VREF VKK N.C SEL1 SEL0 PCONT N.C BUSY VSS XIN XOUT VDD /FRRST IR /RST N.C SELF_CHECK /STOP SO SI /SC /CS /VMUTE N.C SEL2 TEST /AMUTE VCC N.C N.C N.C N.C 8MHz O/C N.C POWER N.C BUZ N.C N.C N.C N.C PROG LED N.C IF CON IC404 FLD VOLTAGE DRIVER IC407 RESET IC408 (SEE PAGE 4-36) CN801 SW-384 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-20) CN102 MB-108 BOARD (6/7) (SEE PAGE 4-20) CN101 MB-108 BOARD (6/7) (JIG) DOWNLOAD VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY XX MARK:NO MOUNT AF-98 BOARD (4/4) B 10 L 3 1 J 12 14 6 K 5 M 8 9 A 7 H D 4 2 I 13 G 05 E C 15 11 F AF-98 BOARD (3/4) AF-98 BOARD (2/4) AF-98 BOARD (1/4) XX R448 • Waveforms 1 IC404 3 3.4 Vp-p (8 MHz) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-35 4-36 FUNCTION SWITCH SW-384 SW-384 (FUNCTION SWITCH) PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM – Ref. No.: SW-384 board; 1,000 series – There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. : Uses unleaded solder. C820 CN801 R802 R803 R804 R805 R812 JR803 R807 R820 R821 3 2 1 4 5 S801 S802 S803 S805 S807 S809 S808 S811 S812 S814 S815 S816 JR801 JR802 JS801 JS811 R822 JW801 JS813 JS812 JS815 JS814 IC820 1-687-363- 61 (61) SW-384 BOARD 05 1 2 4 3 6 5 7 AF-98 board (INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) ER-26 board (EURO AV) MB-108 board (SIGNAL PROCESS SERVO) SW-384 board (FUNCTION SWITCH) MS-128 board (LOADING MOTOR) Power supply block (ETXNY410E0F) B+ B+ B+ B+ 3.5 3.5 NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY S805 S815 XX S816 S803 S814 XX S812 XX S809 S802 S801 S808 XX S811 XX S807 XX XX JS815 JS816 0 JS813 XX JS812 JS801 0 XX JS811 XX JS814 0.01u C820 2700 R802 XX R822 22k R805 47 R820 XX R807 8200 R804 R821 100k XX R812 3900 R803 XX D811 XX CN802 1 PROG LED 2 SW+5V 3 IR 4 GND 5 O/C 6 AD1 7 +3.3V 8 AD2 9 GND GP1UE26SXKOF IC820 1 VOUT 2 VCC 3 GND CN801 7P 1 IR 2 GND 3 O/C 4 AD1 5 +3.3V 6 AD2 7 GND CN402 (SEE PAGE 4-33) AF-98 BOARD (4/4) IC820 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER A 3 5 2 4 SW-384 BOARD XX MARK:NO MOUNT 7 6 1 B D E C F 05 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-38 EURO AV ER-26 ER-26 (EURO AV) PRINTED WIRING BOARD – Ref. No.: ER-26 board; 1,000 series – There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. : Uses unleaded solder. AF-98 board (INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) ER-26 board (EURO AV) MB-108 board (SIGNAL PROCESS SERVO) SW-384 board (FUNCTION SWITCH) MS-128 board (LOADING MOTOR) Power supply block (ETXNY410E0F) C901 C902 C903 C904 C905 C906 C907 C913 C914 C943 C945 C962 C963 CN901 CNJ902 D901 D902 A K K D907 D929 D930 D932 D933 D934 D935 D936 D937 D938 D939 FB907 FB908 FB909 FB910 IC902 JL917 JL918 JL919 JL920 JL921 JL922 JL923 JL924 JL925 JL926 JL927 JL928 JL929 JL930 JL931 JL932 JL933 JL934 JL935 JL936 JL937 JL938 JL939 JL941 JL942 JL943 JL944 JL945 JL946 JL947 JL948 JL949 JL950 JR901 JR902 JR903 JR904 JR906 JR907 JR908 JW901 JW902 JW903 JW905 JW906 JW907 JW908 JW909 JW910 JW911 JW912 JW913 JW914 JW915 JW916 L905 C B E Q901 C B E Q902 C B E Q903 C B E Q906 C B E Q907 C B E Q908 C B E Q909 R905 R906 R907 R908 R909 R910 R911 R912 R913 R914 R915 R916 R917 R918 R919 R920 R921 R924 R926 R927 R928 R929 R936 R939 R944 R950 R956 R957 R958 R959 R960 R961 R962 R963 R922 1 18 19 36 IC901 JR909 JW904 A B C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ER-26 BOARD 05 1-689-038- 11 (11) 10 11 2 6 10 1 5 15 21 14 20 LINE (RGB) -TV A A K K K K 1 3 2 A A K K K K K K K A A K 21 20 1 2 9 10 ER-26 BOARD CN901 B-1 D901 A-4 D902 A-4 D907 A-3 D929 A-6 D930 A-5 D932 B-6 D933 B-7 D934 A-8 D935 A-8 D938 B-6 D939 A-4 IC901 B-9 IC902 B-10 Q901 A-2 Q902 A-5 Q903 B-4 Q906 B-3 Q907 B-2 Q908 A-2 Q909 A-4 4-37 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-39 EURO AV ER-26 ER-26 (EURO AV) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM – Ref. No.: ER-26 board; 1,000 series – B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B- B- B- B- B- -5 1.1 0 0.6 0.6 0.6 3.5 0 0 4.7 1.3 3.4 3.5 -0.1 3.5 1.3 -0.1 3.5 -5 -5 0.1 3.5 0 10.5 10.5 10.4 4.9 0 3.4 4.9 3.4 3.4 0 3.5 3.4 1 2 3 4 NO MARK:DVD/CD PLAY 0.6 -11.2 UDZSTE-176.2B D929 UDZSTE-1713B D930 JL937 JL927 JL939 JL947 JL918 JL941 JL938 JL929 JL932 JL945 JL944 JL926 JL923 JL925 JL948 JL934 JL917 JL950 JL949 JL924 JL946 JL919 JL942 JL935 JL933 JL922 JL920 JL943 JL931 JL936 JL921 JL930 JL928 MUN2213T1 Q906 UN2211-TX Q908 Q901 MUN2213T1 MUN2213T1 Q909 MUN2213T1 Q902 R906 47k 220k R908 R905 47k 68 R928 68 R929 220 R915 68 R927 XX R936 1200 R914 XX R944 XX R956 470 R926 R919 XX 68 R918 22k R950 330 R912 470 R924 1200 R916 330 R911 47 R939 330 R909 1800 R907 330 R910 1200 R917 22k R963 R959 0 XX R960 XX R962 R961 0 220 R922 D933 HZM6.8ZWA1TL HZM6.8ZWA1TL D934 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D935 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D932 XX D936 XX D937 C943 100p 100p C963 100p C962 C945 100p 0.01u C904 1SS355TE-17 D901 1SS355TE-17 D938 1SS355TE-17 D939 1SS355TE-17 D902 MUN2111T1 Q903 MUN2111T1 Q907 DAP202K-T-146 D907 0.22u C914 0.22u C913 R958 FB909 FB908 R957 FB907 FB910 16V C903 47u 16V 47u C907 16V C901 47u 16V C902 47u 16V 47u C905 LA73052-TLM IC901 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 21 20 CNJ902 21P A(R)OUT 1 A(R)IN 2 A(L)OUT 3 GND(A) 4 GND(E) 5 A(L)IN 6 B_OUT 7 FUNCTION_SW_OUT 8 GND(E) 9 AVLINKO 10 G_OUT 11 N.C. 12 GND(E) 13 GND(E) 14 R/C_OUT 15 BLANKING_OUT 16 GND(E) 17 GND(E) 18 V/Y_OUT 19 V_IN 20 GND(E) 21 L905 100uH 21P CN901 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 XX R913 L79M05TLL-SONY-TL IC902 1 GND 2 IN 3 OUT 1W 47 R920 1W 47 R921 16V 47u C906 NC DCCNT2 EUROVY WIDE D_GND_VIDEO ERAUDIOR V_IN SW2 ERAUDIOL RGBSEL Cb/R_Cb/B MUTE2 Cr/B_Cr/R G_OUT NC G_IN GND V/Y_OUT B_IN MUTE3 DISCEXT SW1 R_IN Y D_GND_VIDEO Y/G NC GND NC -15V Y_IN GND MUTE1 -5V V R/C_OUT NC +5V C_IN D_GND_VIDEO DCCNT1 DCCNT3 +11V NC +5V NC -5V D_GND_VIDEO VMUTE AUDIO P_GND NC C B_OUT GND NC NC NC -5V REG IC902 IC901 AF-98 BOARD (1/4) (SEE PAGE 4-27) CN102 SWITCH Q901-903 BLANKING SIGNAL GENERATOR FUNCTION SIGNAL Q906-908 GENERATOR VIDEO BUFFER SELECT SWITCH LINE(RGB)-TV SIGNAL PATH PB Y/CHROMA SIGNAL CHROMA VIDEO SIGNAL Y AUDIO ER-26 BOARD XX MARK:NO MOUNT B 10 3 1 J 12 14 6 5 8 9 A 7 H D 4 2 I 13 G 05 E C 15 11 F 16 4 IC901 wg 2.4 Vp-p (H) • Waveforms 1 IC901 ef (LINE : RGB mode) 1.4 Vp-p (H) 2 IC901 wl (LINE : RGB mode) 1.4 Vp-p (H) 3 IC901 wj (LINE : RGB mode) 1.4 Vp-p (H) The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 4-40 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-42 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK ETXNY410E0F POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) PRINTED WIRING BOARD – Ref. No.: ETXNY410E0F board; 3,000 series – There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. : Uses unleaded solder. 4-41 AF-98 board (INTERFACE CONTROL AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) ER-26 board (EURO AV) MB-108 board (SIGNAL PROCESS SERVO) SW-384 board (FUNCTION SWITCH) MS-128 board (LOADING MOTOR) Power supply block (ETXNY410E0F) C B A 1 2 8 7 6 5 4 3 05 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) 1-468-744- 11 13 1 E E E CN201 POWER SUPPLY BLOK (ETXNY410EOF) CN201 B-7 D102 C-3 D103 C-4 D104 A-3 D105 A-3 D106 A-3 D107 A-3 D201 C-5 D202 B-6 D203 B-5 D204 A-5 D301 B-6 IC101 C-3 IC202 C-5 Q203 A-7 Q204 B-6 Q205 C-6 Q301 C-7 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-LS500 4-43 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK ETXNY410E0F POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM – Ref. No.: ETXNY410E0F board; 3,000 series – B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B– 0.7 0.1 4.2 3.5 3.5 4.9 4.9 5.6 10.5 10.3 9.6 9.4 2.4 311.5 5.7 1 A B C D E F G H I 2 12 13 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 14 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) -REF.NO.:3000 SERIES- XX MARK:NO MOUNT NO MARK:PB MODE C D S POWER CONTROL B+ SWITCH B+ SWITCH AC IN AF-98 BOARD (3/4) CN471 (SEE PAGE 4-31) 05 2A/250V I / EVER+11V EVER+5.0V EVER–15.5V The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. 4-44 E w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-1 SECTION 5 IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION DVP-LS500 Pin No. Pin name I/O Function 39 SCL O I2C clock output 40 TRM+ - Not used 41 EUROVY O Euro VIDEO signal output 42 EXT/DSEL O Line input/output select signal output 43 MD0 I Input of mode select 0 (fixed at “ H”) 44 MD1 I Input of mode select 1 (fixed at “ L”) 45 MD2 I Input of mode select 2 (fixed at “ L”) 46 DREQ0 I AV DEC DMA –REQ0 input 47 DACK0 O AV DEC DMA –ACK0 output 48 XDRVMUTE O Drive mute signal output 49 DREQ1 I AV DEC DMA –REQ1 input 50 DACK1 O AV DEC DMA –ACK1 output 51 XIFCS O IF CON Chip select signal output 52 VSS - Ground 53 X1 (OUT) O Clock output (16.5 MHz) 54 X2 (IN) I Clock input (16.5 MHz) 55 VCC - Power supply (+3.3 V) 56 CKSW1/TSW1 I Chuck Sensor input 57 OCSW1/TSW2 I Tray Sensor input 58 CS0X O External ROM chip select signal output 59 CS1X O Extranal RAM chip select signal output 60 CS2X O AV DEC Chip select signal output 61 CS3X O AV DEC Chip select signal output 62 CS4X O ARP Chip select signal output 63 CS5X O SDSP Chip select signal output 64 VCCI - Power supply (+1.8 V) 65 CS6X - Not used 66 CS7X - Not used 67 XWAIT I Wait signal input 68 BGRNTX I Test terminal (fixed at “H”) 69 BRQ - Not used 70 XRD O Read enable signal output 71 XWRH O High order-byte write enable signal output 72 XWRL O Lower order-byte write enable signal output Pin No. Pin name I/O Function 1-5 HA17 to HA21 O Address bus A17 to A21 6 HA22 - Not used 7 WP O I2C EEPROM write protect output 8 XSACS - Not used 9 AVCC - Power supply (+3.3 V) 10 AVRH - Reference power supply (+3.3 V) 11 AVSS - Ground 12 AN0 I Set of mode 0 13 AN1 I Set of mode 1 14 AN2 I Set of mode 2 15 AN3 - Not used 16 INT0 I AV DEC Interrupt input 17 INT1 I ARP Interrupt input 18 INT2 I SDSP Interrupt input 19 INT3 - Not used 20 INT4 I IF CON Interrupt input 21 INT5 - Not used 22 INT6 - Not used 23 INT7 - Not used 24 VCC - Power supply (+3.3 V) 25 SI0 I Serial bus 0 (data input) 26 SO0 O Serial bus 0 (data output) 27 SC0 O Serial bus 0 (clock output) 28 SI1 - Not used 29 SO1 O Serial bus 1 (data output) 30 SC1 O Serial bus 1 (clock output) 31 SI2 I Serial bus 2 (data input) 32 SO2 O Serial bus 2 (data output) 33 DSENS - Not used 34 VSS - Ground 35 XRST O System reset signal output 36 XARPRST O WIDE Select signal output 37 RGBSEL O VIDEO Select signal output 38 SDA I/O I2C data input/output 5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MB-108 BOARD IC104) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-2 E Pin No. Pin name I/O Function 73 NMIX I Non Maskable Interrupt input (fixed at "H") 74 VCCI - Power supply (+1.8 V) 75 VSS - Ground 76 XFRRST I IF CON Reset signal input 77 CPUCK O CPU clock signal output 78 OCSW2 - Not used 79 XDACS O DAC (2ch) chip select signal output 80 TRM- - Not used 81 48/44.1K O PLL FS control signal output 82 WIDE O Laser diode mute signal output 83 MA_MUTE O Audio mute signal output 84 SRAMWE O SRAM write enable signal output 85 to 92 HD0 to HD7 I/O Data bus D0 to D7 (16 bit only) 93 to 100 HD8 to HD15 I/O Data bus D8 to D15 (16 bit) , D0 to D7 (8 bit) 101 VSS - Ground 102 to 109 HA0 to HA7 O Address bus A00 to A07 110 VCC - Power supply (+3.3 V) 111 to 118 HA8 to HA15 O Address bus A08 to A15 119 VSS - Ground 120 HA16 O Address bus A16 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-1 6-3. SYSCON DIAGNOSIS The same contents as board detail check by serial interface can be checked from the remote commander. On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [0] key on the remote com- mander, and the following check menu will be displayed. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Check Menu 0. Quit 1. All 2. Version 3. Peripheral 4. Servo 5. Supply 6. AV Decoder 7. Video 8. Audio _ 0. Quit Quit the Syscon Diagnosis and return to the Test Mode Menu. 1. All items continuous check All items continuous check This menu checks all diagnostic items continuously. Normally, all items are checked successively one after another automatically unless an error is found, but at a certain item that requires judg- ment through a visual check to the result, the following screen is displayed for the key entry. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Diag All Check No. 2 Version 2-3. ROM Check Sum Check Sum = xxxx Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV Key to Repeat _ For the ROM Check, the check sum calculated by the Syscon is output, and therefore you must compare it with the specified value for confirmation. Following the message, press > key to go to the next item, or . key to repeat the same check again. To quit the diagnosis and return to the Check Menu screen, press x or [ENTER] key. If an error occurred, the diagnosis is suspended and the error code is displayed as shown below. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### 3-2. EEPROM Check Error 03: EEPROM Write/Reed N Address : 00000001 Write Data : 2492 Read Data : 2490 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV Key to Repeat _ Press x key to quit the diagnosis, or . key to repeat the same item where an error occurred, or > key to continue the check from the item next to faulty item. 6-1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Test Mode allows you to make diagnosis and adjustment eas- ily using the remote commander and monitor TV. The instructions, diagnostic results, etc. are given on the on-screen display (OSD). 6-2. STARTING TEST MODE Press the [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [I/ ] keys on the remote com- mander in this order with the power of main unit in OFF status, and the Test Mode starts, then “DIAG STARTING START” will be displayed on the fluorescent display tube and the menu shown below will be displayed on the TV screen. At the bottom of menu screen, the model name and revision number are displayed. Last Off at the lower right of screen indicates the information code concerning the last power off. To execute each function, select the desired menu and press its number on the remote commander. To exit from the Test Mode, press the [I/ ] key. Test Mode Menu 0. Syscon Diagnosis 1. Drive Auto Adjustment 2. Drive Manual Operation 3. Mecha Aging 4. Emergency Hisory 5. Version Information 6. Video Level Adjustment Exit: POWER Key _ Model :DPX-17xxxx Revision:x.xxx Last Off: xx Power Off Information Code List 00 : Primary Power Off 01 : Power Off Request from SYSTEM CONTROL 02 : Power Off by Emergency Power Off Command from SYS- TEM CONTROL (if information is sent from SYSTEM CONTROL) 03 : IF CON Judged that SYSTEM CONTROL is Faulty 04 : Power Off from Diagnosis Mode of IF CON 05 : Forced Power Off by the User 06 : Power Off by Power Supply Voltage Monitor SECTION 6 TEST MODE DVP-LS500 1 1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-2 * In "All item continuous check", pressing stop or enter will not quit the diagnosis. Selecting 2 and subsequent items calls the submenu screen of each item. When “–––––––” is displayed in the submenu, it means that the test is not supported in the model. For example, if “5. Supply” is selected, the following submenu will be displayed. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Check Menu No. 5 Supply 0. Quit 1. All 2. ARP Register Check 3. ARP to RAM Data Bus 4. ARP to RAM Address Bus 5. ARP RAM Check _ 0. Quit Quit the submenu and return to the main menu. 1. All submenu items continuous check All submenu items continuous check. This menu checks 2 and subsequent items successively. At the item where visual check is required for judgment or an error occurred, the checking is suspended and the message is output for key entry. Normally, all items are checked successively one after another au- tomatically unless an error is found. Selecting 2 and subsequent items executes respective menus and outputs the results. For the contents of each submenu, see “General Description of Checking Method” and “Check Items List”. General Description of Checking Method 2. Version (2-2) Revision ROM revision number is displayed. Error: Not detected. The revision number defined in the source file of ROM (IC106 or 107) is displayed with four digits. (2-3) ROM Check Sum Check sum is calculated. Error: Not detected. 8-bit data are added up to the ROM (IC106 or 107) address 0x000F0000 to 0x002EFFFF, and the result is displayed with 4-digit hexadecimal number. Error is not detected. Compare the result with the specified value. (2-4) Model Type Model code is displayed. Error: Not detected. The model code read from the EEPROM is displayed with 2-digit hexadecimal number. (2-5) Region Region code is displayed. Error: Not detected. The region code determined from the model code is dis- played. (2-6) M't check Mount resistance is checked. Error 22: The region code does not accord. Check wether the region code that is deduced from model resistance and destination resistance accords with the re- gion code that is deduced from region resistance value. 3. Peripheral (3-2) EEPROM Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 03: EEPROM write/read discord. 0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the address 0x00 to 0xFF of the EEPROM and then read for checking. Be- fore writing, the data are saved, then after checking, they are written to restore the contents of EEPROM. (3-3) ––––––– Check no support. (3-4) ––––––– Check no support. (3-5) ––––––– Check no support. (3-6) VENC Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 52: Write and read data discord. Accessing to the SYSCON may be defective. (3-7) ––––––– Check no support. (3-8) EX RAM Check Test Data write → read, and accord check Error 02: The external RAM used in the system control is checked. 4. Servo (4-2) Servo DSP Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 12: Read data discord 0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the RAM ad- dress 0x602 of the Servo DSP and then read for checking. (4-3) ––––––– Check no support. (4-4) RF Amp (SSI) W/R Check Date write → read and accord check Error 13: RF Amp resister write, and read data discord Implement 8-bit shift operation of the 0x01 to the read- able/writable register of the RF Amp. If once write data do not accord with read data, it is NG. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-3 5. Data Supply System (5-2) ARP Register Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 08: ARP register write, and read data discord Data 0x00 to 0xFF is written sequentially to the ARP TMAX register (address 0xC6) and then read for checking. (5-3) ARP to RAM Data Bus Data write → read, and accord check Error 09: ARP ←→ RAM data bus error Data 0x0001 to 0x8000 where one bit each is set to 1 are written to the address 0 of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP (IC301) through the bus, then they are read and checked. In case of discord, written bit pattern and read data are displayed. If data where multiple bits are 1 are read, the bits concerned may touch each other. Further, if data where certain bit is always 1 or 0 regardless of written data, the line could be disconnected or shorted. (5-4) ARP to RAM Address Bus Data write → other address read discord check Error 10: ARP ←→ RAM address bus error Caution: Address and data display in case of an error is different from the display of other diagnosis (de- scribed later). Before starting the test, all addresses of RAM (IC303) are cleared to 0x0000. First, 0xA55A is written to the address 0x00000, and the address data are read and checked from addresses 0x00001 to 0x80000 while shifting 1 bit each. Next, the data at that address is cleared, and it is written to the address 0x00001, and read and checked in the same manner. This check is repeated up to the address 0x80000 while shifting the ad- dress data by 1 bit each. If data other than 0 is read at the addresses except written address, an error is given because all addresses were al- ready cleared to 0. In this check, the error display pattern is different from that of other diagnosis; read data, written address, and read address are displayed in this order. How- ever, the message uses same template, and accordingly ex- change Address and Data when reading. The following dis- play, for example, ### Syscon Diagnosis ### 5-4. ARP to RAM Address Bus Error 10: ARP - RAM Address B Address : 0000A55A Write Data : 00000000 Read Data : 00080000 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV Key to Repeat _ shows the data 0xA55A was read from address 0x00080000 though it was written to the address 0x00000000. This im- plies that these addresses are in the form of shadow. Also, if the read data is not 0xA55A, another error will be present. (5-5) ARP RAM Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 11: ARP RAM read data discord The program code data stored in ROM are copied to all areas of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP (IC301) through the bus, then they are read and checked if they ac- cord. If the detail check was selected initially, the data are written to all areas and read, then the same test is conducted once again with the data where all bits are inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty address, written data, and read data are displayed following the error code 11, and the test is suspended. 6. AV Decoder (6-2) 1935 RAM Data write → read, and accord check Error 14: AVD RAM read data discord The program code data stored in ROM (IC106 or 107) are copied to all areas of RAM (IC404, IC405) connected to the AVD (IC403) through the bus, then they are read and checked if they accord. Further, the same test is conducted once again with the data where all bits are inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty address, written data, and read data are displayed following the error code 14, and the test is suspended. During the test, OSD display becomes blank as the OSD area is also checked. (6-3) 1935 SP ROM → AVD RAM → Video OUT Error: Not detected. The data including sub picture streams in ROM (IC106 or IC107) are transferred to the RAM (IC404, IC405) in AVD (IC403), and output as video signals from the AVD (IC403). Though OSD display becomes blank, the output of video signals continues until the key is pressed. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/ C, Component) except EURO AV terminal. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-4 7. Video Output (7-2) Color Bar AVD color bar command write → Video OUT Error: Not detected. The command is transferred to the AVD, and the color bar signals are output from video terminals. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/C, Component). (7-3) Composite Out AVD color bar command write → Video (Composite, Y/C) OUT Error: Not detected. The command is transferred to the AVD, and the color bar signals are output from video terminals. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/C, Component). (7-4) Y/C Out AVD color bar command write → Video (Composite, Y/C) OUT Error: Not detected. The command is transferred to the AVD, and the color bar signals are output from video terminals. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/C, Component). (7-5) RGB Out EURO-AV RGB video output check AVD color bar command write → Video (EURO-AV RGB) OUT Error: Not detected. With the RGB of video output turned on, the color bar sig- nals are output from the EURO-AV terminal. (7-6) Component Out AVD color bar command write → Video (Component, Y/ C) OUT Error: Not detected. The command is transferred to the AVD, and the color bar signals are output from video terminals. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/C, Component). (7-7) Euro AV Through AV Through output On/Off Error: Not detected. AV Through output is turned on. 8. Audio Output (8-2) ARP → 1935 Data flow from supply system DRAM to SDRAM of AV Decoder is tested. Error15 : ARP → 1935 video NG 16 : ARP → 1935 audio NG (8-3) ––––––– Check no support. (8-4) Test Tone Pink noise output Error: not detected In the models without DD output, the test tone is output from L and R 2-channel only. After turning on all outputs, each time the > key is pressed, the output channel is switched for individual chan- nel checking. Diagnosis Check Items List 2) Version (2-2) Revision (2-3) ROM Check Sum (2-4) Model Type (2-5) Region (2-6) M’t Check 3) Peripheral (3-2) EEPROM Check (3-3) ––––––– (Function not supported) (3-4) ––––––– (Function not supported) (3-5) ––––––– (Function not supported) (3-6) VENC Check (3-7) ––––––– (Function not supported) (3-8) EX RAM check 4) Servo (4-2) Servo DSP Check (4-3) ––––––– (Function not supported) (4-4) RF Amp (SSI) W/R Check 5) Data Supply System (5-2) ARP Register Check (5-3) ARP to RAM Data Bus (5-4) ARP to RAM Address Bus (5-5) ARP RAM Check 6) AV Decoder (6-2) 1935 RAM (6-3) 1935 SP 7) Video Output (7-2) Color Bar (7-3) Composite Out (7-4) Y/C Out (7-5) RGB Out (7-6) Component Out (7-7) Euro AV Through 8) Audio Output (8-2) ARP → 1935 (8-3) ––––––– (Function not supported) (8-4) Test Tone www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-5 Error Codes List 00: Error not detected 01: RAM write/read data discord 03: EEPROM NG 04: Flash memory clear error 05: Flash memory write error 06: Flash memory read data discord 08: ARP register read data discord 09: ARP ←→ RAM data bus error 10: ARP ←→ RAM address bus error 11: ARP RAM read data discord 12: Servo DSP NG 13: RF Amp NG 14: 1935 SDRAM NG 15: ARP → 1935 video NG 16: ARP → 1935 audio NG 1A: System call error (Function not supported) 1B: System call error (Parameter error) 1C: System call error (Illegal ID number) 20: System call error (Time out) 22: Resistance incorrect mounting 90: Error occurred 91: User verification NG 92: Diagnosis cancelled. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-6 1. DVD Single Layer Disc Select [1], insert DVD single layer disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM. DVD Single Layer Disc Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory SL 3. Set Disc Type SL 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Focus Error Check 7. Focus ON 0 with PI Level Musure 8. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 9. Trv Level Check 10. Tracking ON 11. CLVA ON 12. Sled ON 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 14. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 15. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 16. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 17. EQ Boost Adjust 18. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 19. Auto Track Gain Adjust 20. RF Level Measure 21. Jitter Measure 22. Eep Copy Loop Filter Offset 23. All Servo Stop 6-4. DRIVE AUTO ADJUSTMENT DVD reference disc Single Layer HLX-503 (J-6090-069-A) (NTSC) HLX-504 (J-6090-088-A) (NTSC) HLX-506 (J-6090-077-A) (PAL) Dual Layer HLX-501 (J-6090-071-A) (NTSC) HLX-505 (J-6090-089-A) (NTSC) HLX-507 (J-6090-078-A) (PAL) TEST CD YEDS-18 (3-702-101-01) On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [1] key on the remote com- mander, and the drive auto adjustment menu will be displayed. ## Drive Auto Adjustment ## Adjustment Menu 0. ALL 1. DVD-SL 2. CD 3. DVD-DL 4. LCD Exit: RETURN Normally, [0] is selected to adjust DVD (single layer), CD and DVD (dual layer) in this order. But, individual items can be ad- justed for the case where adjustment is suspended due to an error. In this mode, the adjustment can be made easily through the op- eration following the message displayed on the screen. Which disc is currently adjusted is displayed on the fluorescent display tube. 0. ALL You will be asked if EEPROM data are initialized or not, and for this prompt, select [0]. First , the servo setting data in EEPROM, are cleared to initialize. Then, 1. DVD-SL disc, 2. CD disc, and 3. DVD-DL disc are adjusted in this order. Each time one disc was adjusted, it is ejected, and therefore exchange the disc follow- ing the message. You can exit the adjustment by pressing the x button. In adjusting each disc, the mirror time is measured to check the disk type. In the auto adjustment, whether the disc type is correct is not checked unlike conventional models, and ac- cordingly, take care not to insert a different type of disc. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-7 3. DVD Dual Layer Disc Select [3], insert DVD dual layer disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM. DVD Dual Layer Disc Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory DL 3. Set Disc Type DL DVD DL Layer 1 Adjust 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Fcs ON 1 with PI Level Mesure 7. Auto Track Offset Adjust L1 8. Tracking ON 9. Clva ON 10. Sled ON 11. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 12. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L1 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L1 14. Eq Boost Adjust L1 15. Auto Track Gain Adjust L1 16. Jitter Measure DVD DL Layer 0 Adjust 17. Focus Jump (L1 → L0) 18. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 19. Tracking ON 20. Clva ON 21. Sled ON 22. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 23. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 24. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 25. Eq Boost Adjust L0 26. Auto Track Gain Adjust L0 27. Jitter Measure 28. All Servo Stop 4. LCD LCD disc is not adjusted because the adjusted data of CD are re- flected, and SACD (hybrid disc) is not adjusted because the ad- justed data of CD and DVD-DL are reflected. 2. CD Select [2], insert CD disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjust- ment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted val- ues will be written to the EEPROM. CD Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory CD 3. Set Disc Type CD 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Focus Error Check 7. Fcs ON 0 with PI Level Mesure 8. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 9. Trv Level Check 10. Tracking ON 11. CLVA ON 12. Sled ON 13. Auto focus Blance Adjust 14. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 15. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 16. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 17. Eq Boost Adjust 18. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 19. Auto Track Gain Adjust 20. Copy Adjustment Data to LCD 21. RF Level Measure 22. Jitter Measure 23. All Servo Stop www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-8 0. Disc Check Memory Disc Check 1. SL Disc Check 2. CD Disc Check 3. DL Disc Check 0. Reset SLED TILT On this screen, the mirror time is measured and written to the EEPROM to check the disc type. First, set a DVD SL disc and press [1], then set a CD disc and press [2], and finally set a DVD DL disc and press [3]. The measured mirror time is displayed re- spectively. The adjustment must be executed more than once after default data were written. From this screen, you can go to another mode by pressing > or . key, but you cannot enter this mode from another mode. You can enter this mode from the Operation Menu screen only. 1. Disc Type Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. LCD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT _ EMG. 00 0. Reset SLED TIL On this screen, select the disc type. To select the disc type, press the number of the loaded disc. The selected disc type is displayed at the bottom. Selecting [1] automatically selects and displays the disc type. In case of wrong display, retry “Disc Check Memory”. Also, opening the tray causes the set disc type to be cleared. In this case, set the disc type again after loading. In performing manual operation, the disc type must be set. Once the disc type has been selected, the sector address or time code display field will appear as shown below. These values are displayed when PLL is locked. Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. LCD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT _ SA.------ SI.-- EMG.00 DVD SL 12cm Jitter 00 Display when DVD SL 12cm disc was selected 1 O 6-5. DRIVE MANUAL OPERATION On the Test Mode Menu screen, select [2], and the manual opera- tion menu will be displayed. For the manual operation, each servo on/off control and adjustment can be executed manually. ## Drive Manual Operation ## Operation Menu 1. Disc type 2. Servo Control 3. Track/Layer Jump 4. Manual Adjustment 5. Auto Adjustment 6. Memory Check 0. Disc Check Memory Exit: RETURN In using the manual operation menu, take care of the following points. These commands do not provide protection, thus requiring correct operation. The sector address or time code field is dis- played when a disc is loaded. 1. Set correctly the disc type to be used on the Disc Type screen. The Disc Type must be set performed after a disc was loaded. The set Disc Type is cleared when the tray is opened. 2. After power ON, if the Drive Manual Operation was se- lected, first perform “Reset SLED TILT” by opening 1. Disc Type screen. 3. In case of an alarm, immediately press the x button to stop the servo operation, and turn the power OFF. Basic operation (controllable from front panel or remote com- mander) [I/ ] : Power OFF x : Servo stop A : Stop+Eject/Loading (RETURN) : Return to Operation Menu or Test Mode Menu > , . : Transition between sub modes of menu [1] to [9], [0] : Selection of menu and items Cursor ↑ / ↓ : Increase/Decrease in manually adjusted value www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-9 [3] Focus : Search the focus and turn on the focus. [4] TRK : Turn ON/OFF the tracking servo. [5] Sled : Turn ON/OFF the sled servo. When PLL is not locked (cannot be locked), the sled servo is not turned ON. The display keeps OFF. [6] CLVA : Turn ON/OFF normal servo of spindle servo. [7] FCS. Srch : Apply same voltage as that of focus search to the focus drive to check the focus drive system. → Sled FWD : Move the sled outward. Perform this operation with the tracking servo turned off. ← Sled REV : Move the sled inward. Perform this op- eration with the tracking servo turned off. 3. Track/Layer Jump Track/Layer Jump 1. 1Tj FWD R.Fj (L1 –> L0) 2. 1Tj REV L.Fj (L0 –> L1) 3. 2Tj FWD U.Lj (L1 –> L0) 4. 2Tj REV D.Lj (L0 –> L1) 5. NTj FWD 6. NTj REV 7. 500Tj FWD 8. 500Tj REV 9. 10k/20k FWD 0. 10k/20k REV SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm Jitter FF On this screen, track jump, etc. can be performed. Only for the DVD-DL, the focus jump and layer jump are displayed in the right field. [1] 1Tj FWD : 1-track jump forward. [2] 1Tj REV : 1-track jump reverse. [3] 2Tj FWD : 2-track jump forward. [4] 2Tj REV : 2-track jump reverse. [5] NTj FWD : N-track jump forward. [6] NTj REV : N-track jump reverse. [7] 500Tj FWD : Fine search forward. [8] 500Tj REV : Fine search reverse. [9] 10k/20k FWD : Direct search forward. [0] 10k/20k REV : Direct search reverse. – The following commands are valid for DVD-DL disc only – → Fj (L1 → L0) : Focus jump forward. (Trk/Sled Servo OFF) Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. LCD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT _ TC. --:--:-- EMG.00 CD 12cm Jitter 00 Display when CD 12cm disc was selected [0] Reset SLED TILT : Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial position.(Reset the Sled only to initial position because the Tilt mechanism is not available in this model.) [1] Disc Type Check : Judge automatically the loaded disc. As the judged result is displayed at the bot- tom of screen, make sure that it is cor- rect. If Disc Check Memory menu has not been executed after EEPROM default setting, the disc type cannot be judged. In this case, return to the initial menu and make a check for three types of discs (SL, DL, CD). [2] to [9] : Select the loaded disc. The adjusted value is written to the address of se- lected disc. No further entry is neces- sary if [1] was selected. 2. Servo Control Servo Control 1. LD Off R. Sled FWD 2. SP Off L. Sled REV 3. Focus Off 4. TRK. Off 5. Sled Off 6. CLVA Off 7. FCS. Srch Off 0. Reset SLED TILT _ SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm Jitter FF On this screen, the servo on/off control necessary for replay is executed. Normally, turn on each servo from 1 sequentially and when CLVA is turned on, the usual trace mode becomes active. In the trace mode, DVD sector address or CD time code is displayed. This is not displayed where the spindle is not locked. The spindle could run overriding the control if the spindle system is faulty or RF is not present. In such a case, do not operate CLVA. [0] Reset SLED TILT : Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial position.(Reset the Sled only to initial position because the Tilt mechanism is not available in this model.) [1] LD : Turn ON/OFF the laser. [2] SP : Turn ON/OFF the spindle. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-10 5. Auto Adjustment Auto Adjustment 1. Auto TRK. Offset 2. Auto FCS Balance 3. Auto Focus Offset 4. Auto Focus Gain 5. Auto TRK. Gain 6. Auto EQ. 7. Auto L.F. Offset 8. Auto Group Delay 9. Auto TRK. Balance _ SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm Jitter FF On this screen, each item can be adjusted automatically. Select the desired number [1] to [8] from the remote commander, and se- lected item is adjusted automatically. [1] Auto TRK. Offset : Adjusts tracking offset. [2] Auto Focus Balance: Adjusts focus balance. [3] Auto Focus Offset : Adjusts focus offset. [4] Auto Focus Gain : Adjusts focus gain. [5] Auto TRK. Gain : Adjusts track gain. [6] Auto EQ [7] Auto L.F. Offset : Adjusts loop filter offset. [8] Auto Group Delay [9] Auto TRK. : Adjusts tracking balance. 6. Memory Check The display images is shown as below, and three screens in total can be selected. EEPROM Data 1 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 Focus Gain xx xx xx xx xx TRK. Gain xx xx xx xx xx FCS Balance xx xx xx xx xx Focus Bias xx xx xx xx xx TRV. Offset xx xx xx xx xx L.F. Offset xx xx xx xx xx EQ. Boost xx xx xx xx xx _UP : Last Data DOWN : Next Data CLEAR : Default Setpage.1/3 EEPROM Data 2 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 RF Jitter xx -- xx xx xx RF Level xx -- xx -- -- FE Level xx -- xx -- -- FE Balance xx -- xx -- -- TRV. Level xx -- xx -- -- TE Gain xx xx -- -- -- PI Level xx -- xx xx -- _UP : Prev Data DOWN : Next Data CLEAR : Default Setpage.2/3 ← Fj (L0 → L1) : Focus jump reverse. (Trk/Sled Servo OFF) ↑ Lj (L1 → L0) : Layer jump forward. (Trk/Sled Servo ON) ↓ Lj (L0 → L1) : Layer jump reverse. (Trk/Sled Servo ON) 4. Manual Adjustment Manual Adjustment:Up/Down 1. TRK. Offset 2. Focus Gain 3. TRK. Gain 4. Focus Offset 5. Focus Balance 6. L.F. Offset 7. Analog FRSW 8. PLL Dac Gain 9. EQ BOOST 0. TRK. Balance _ SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12cm Jitter FF On this screen, each item can be adjusted manually. Select the desired number [1] to [0] from the remote commander, and cur- rent setting for the selected item will be displayed, then increase or decrease numeric value with ↑ key or ↓ key. This value is stored in the EEPROM. If CLV has been applied, the jitter is dis- played for reference for the adjustment. [1] TRK. Offset : Adjusts tracking offset. [2] Focus Gain : Adjusts focus gain. [3] TRK. Gain : Adjusts track gain. [4] Focus Offset : Adjusts focus offset. [5] Focus Balance : Adjusts focus balance. [6] L.F. Offset : Adjusts loop filter offset. [7] Analog FRSW : Sets select switch of analog feedback circuit. [8] PLL Dac Gain : Adjusts D/A converter gain of PLL. [9] EQ BOOST : Adjusts boost amount of boost of equal- izer. [0] TRK. Balance : Adjusts tracking balance www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-11 6-7. EMERGENCY HISTORY ### EMG. History ### Laser Hours CD xxhxxm DVD xxhxxm 1. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 _ Select: 1-9 Scroll: UP/DOWN (1: Last EMG.) Exit: RETURN On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [4] displays the infor- mation such as servo emergency history. The history information from last "1" up to "10" can be scrolled with ↑ key or ↓ key. Also, specific information can be displayed by directly entering that number with ten-keys pad from [1] to [9]. The upper two lines display the laser ON total hours. Data below minutes are omitted. Clearing History Information Clearing laser hours Press [DISPLAY] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. Both CD and DVD data are cleared. Clearing emergency history Press [TOP MENU] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. Initializing set up data Press [MENU] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. The data have been initialized when “Set Up Initialized” mes- sage is displayed. The EMG. History screen will be restored soon. EEPROM Data 3 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 Analog FRSW xx xx xx xx xx PLL Dac Gain xx xx xx xx xx Mirror Time xx xx xx xx xx TRK. Balance THR A&L: xx xx xx/xx xx xx _UP : Prev Data DOWN : First Data CLEAR : DefaultSet page.3/3 On this screen, current servo adjusted data stored in the EEPROM are displayed. The adjusted data are initialized by pressing the [CLEAR] key, but be careful that they are not recoverable after initialization. Before clearing the adjusted data, make a note of the set data. This screen will also appear if [0] All is selected in the Drive Auto Adjustment. In this case, default setting cannot be made. Data of “THR A & L” on the third page cannot be changed if default setting is once mode. 6-6. MECHA AGING ### Mecha Aging ### Press OPEN key _ Abort: STOP key On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [3] executes the aging of mechanism. First, open the tray and load a disc. Press the H key, and the aging will start. During aging, the number of the repeat cycle is displayed. Aging can be aborted at any time by pressing the x key. After the operation has stopped, unload the disc and press again the x key or the (RETURN) key to return to the Test Mode Menu. O www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-12 6-10. IF CON SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION 1. AF-98 BOARD (IF CON) TEST MODE The AF-98 board (IF CON) test mode is the IF CON self diagnos- tic mode. The IF CON can diagnose the functions of the AF-98 board that the IF CON controls. Normally, the IF CON makes a serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL and oper- ates following the commands from the SYSTEM CONTROL, but in the Test mode, the IF CON operates independently from the SYSTEM CONTROL. In the Test mode, the following functions can be checked. 1. Button function 2. Remote commander receiving function 3. SYSTEM CONTROL-IF CON serial communication 4. Click shuttle function 5. Fluorescent display tube lighting check Grid check Anode check 6. LED control function In the Test mode, the set operates same as usual, except voltage monitoring, communication monitoring, display of fluorescent display tube, and LED control. 1. The routine that monitors +3.3 V (P-CONT) of MB-108 board is not provided. 2. The monitoring timer for serial communication with the SYS- TEM CONTROL is not provided. The set is not placed in the Standby mode, even if the communication with SYSTEM CONTROL is normal. 3. Display of fluorescent display tube (normally, display is made following the commands from SYSTEM CONTROL) 4. LED control (normally, control is made following the com- mands from SYSTEM CONTROL) 2. OPERATION OF SELF CHECK MODE The Self Check mode is the function to conduct the basic test to the FL display and DVD panel section. 2-1. Self Check Mode Transition Processing At the AC Power ON after reset of IF CON is released with the MB-108 board are not connected to the AF-98 board, or while pressing the x key on the main unit with the IF CON in STANDBY mode, enter (RETURN) → [DISPLAY] on the remote com- mander, and the main unit transits to the Self Check Mode. O 6-8. VERSION INFORMATION ### Version Infomation ### IF con. Ver:x.xxx(xxxx) Group xx SYScon. Ver:x.xxx(xxxx) Model xx Region 0x Servo DSP Ver: x.xxx AVD ucode Ver: xxxxxxxx Exit : RETURN The ROM version, region code, etc. are displayed if [5] is se- lected in the Test Mode Menu. The parenthesized hexadecimal number in the version number field indicates the checksum value of the ROM. * Note after Downloding After downloading ROM data, sometimes it happens that checksum is not the same as that of ROM data that has been downloaded. In such a case, go back to the menu screen and select “0. Syscon Diagnosis”, then select “1. All” in “2. Ver- sion”. If the result of this operation does not give an agreement, it must be either Download error or ROM error. 6-9. VIDEO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [6] displays color bars for video level adjustment. During display of color bars, OSD dis- appears but the menu screen will be restored if pressing any key. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-13 2-2. Operation of Auto Self Check When the Self Check mode becomes active at the AC Power ON or by key input, the test display of the following steps (1) to (4) is repeated. (1) FLD and LED all ON (for 5 seconds) (2) MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (3) Version display (for 2 seconds) (4) ROM creation date display (for 2 seconds) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-14 2-3. Each Self Check Function Each Self Check function tests the FLD display, LED display, and key input. 2-3-1. FLD and LED All ON 2-3-1-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • ← key on the remote commander 2-3-1-2. Operation and Display In this mode, all LEDs except STANDBY LED and all segments of FLD turn ON. Example of FLD all ON 2-3-2. Main Unit Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-2-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Keys on the main unit except keys transited in Self Check Mode 2-3-2-2. Operation and Display When a key on the main unit is pressed in the Self Check Mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Also, the key name display and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is dis- played when nothing is entered. Also, DVD and VCD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. FLD display (at input of H key on the main unit) Input IC404: Pin No. (Signal) Voltage [V] Pin ef (AD1) Pin eg (O/C) Pin eh (AD2) Pin ej (POWER) 0 – 0.21 PLAY OPEN/CLOSE – POWER 0.63 – 0.86 NEXT – – – 1.23 – 1.55 PREVIOUS – – – 1.9 – 2.25 PAUSE – – – 2.63 – 2.86 STOP – – – $� www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-15 Key code display (at input of H key, Key code: 0Ah) At input of faulty voltage When key is pressed double 2-3-3. Remote Commander Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-3-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Remote commander keys except keys transited in Self Check Mode 2-3-3-2. Operation and Display When a key on the remote commander is pressed in the Self Check Mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Also, the key name display and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is dis- played when nothing is entered. Also, DVD and VCD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. Remote commander key name display (at input of X key) Remote commander key code display (at input of X key, Key code: 39h) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-16 2-3-4. Communication Monitoring Display The communication state is monitored and displayed while the key name on the main unit and the remote commander is displayed. When the communication to the System Controller failed, DVD and VCD segments turn on. Communication error display (at no input of key and remote com- mander) Communication error display (at code display without input of the remote commander) 2-3-5. FLD Anode Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-5-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • → Key on the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Anode Test dis- play 2-3-5-2. Operation and Display The Self Check Mode transits to this mode when → key is en- tered. This tests whether each segment turns on individually. Only the first segment of each grid of FLD turns on, and each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the segment of each grid is switched in or- der. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the segment switches in 1 → 2 → 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 → 2 → 1 direction. Display at the start of Anode Test ↓ (Input in CW direction) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-17 2-3-6. FLD Grid Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-6-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • ↑ Key on the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display 2-3-6-2. Operation and Display The Self Check Mode transits to this mode when ↑ key is en- tered. This tests whether each grid turns on individually. The first grid only of FLD turns on and other grids turn off. Each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the grid switches in 1 → 2 → 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 → 2 → 1 direction. Display at the start of Grid Test ↓ (Input in CW direction) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-18 2G 1G 7G 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G a d e r g f h k j s n p c m b Dp col (7G-1G) ANODE CONNECTION P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 7G 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G col col a a a a a a a h h h h h h h j j j j j j j k k k k k k k b b b b b b b f f f f f f f m m m m m m m s s s s s s s g g g g g g g e e e e e e e n n n n n n n p p p p p p p r r r r r r r c c c c c c c d d d d d d d Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-19 6-11. TROUBLESHOOTING 6-11-1. Cannot Enter Test Mode You cannot enter the Test mode when either button has been pressed by any reason with the board assembled in the front panel. In this state, the power does not turn on even under normal condition (the unit is kept in standby state), and also no button is active and the remote commander is not accepted. In this case, disconnect the MB-108 board and AF-98 board, and with the SELF CHECK (pin 0) of IF CON (IC404) on the AF-98 board kept in low state, sup- ply AC, and the IF CON self-diagnosis mode will be forcibly acti- vated. The IF CON (IC404) checks the SELF CHECK port only after the power on reset (only at AC supply, not in standby state). If any button is pressed, its name is displayed on the fluorescent display tube. But, if other than “NOTHING” is displayed though no button is pressed, it means that any button has been pressed. 6-11-2. Faults in Test Mode (MB-108 board) 1. The test mode menu is not displayed. 1-1. Board visual check Check that the ICs of SYSCON (IC104), ROM (IC106 or IC107), AVD (IC403), ARP & SERVO (IC301) are working correctly. Check that outside appearance of the ICs is normal. Check that IC pins are not short-circuited. Check that there is no soldering error. Check that outside appearance of the capacitors and resistors is normal. 1-2. Power supply voltage check Check the power voltage of the power connector (CN102). Check the power voltage of SYSCON (IC104). Check the power voltage of ROM (IC106 or IC107). Check the power voltage of AVD (IC403). Check the power voltage of ARP & SERVO (IC301). If the power voltage has any abnormality t Check that the power supply lines are not shorted. Check that there is no soldering error. If any abnormality cannot be found still t Check that each IC is working normally. 1-3. Clock signal check Measure the clock signal frequency at CPUCK (CL101) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If the 8.25 MHz signal appears. t Check the machine ac- cording to section 1-3-1 If the 33 MHz signal appears. t Check the machine accord- ing to section 1-3-2. If other frequencies are output. R110 and R113 have defective soldering, X101 crystal os- cillator is defective. If the measurement point is fixed to either “H” or “L”. t Observe XFRRST (pin-uh) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If the measurement point is “L”, check the following items. If the IC has defective soldering, if the IC is short-circuited. If the measurement point is “H”, t Component X101 or SYSCON (IC104) is defective. 1-3-1. When the 8.25 MHz signal appears at CPUCK • Check the XRD, XWRH and CS0X signal. Observe XRD (pin-u;), XWRH (pin-ua), and CS0X (pin-tk) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If these pins are fixed to either “L” (0V) or “H” (3.3V), or if these pins stay in the center voltage, check the followings. Check if the signal line does not have the defective solder- ing. Check if the signal line is short-circuited with other signal lines. If you cannot find any problem t SYSCON (IC104) is defective. • HA [0 to 21] signal and HD [0 to 15] signal check Observe HA [0 to 21] (pins- This checks whether the S video output S-C satisfies the NTSC/ PAL Standard. If it is not correct, the colors will be too dark or light. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-C) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 286 ± 30 mVp-p (NTSC) A = 300 ± 100 mVp-p (PAL) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-C burst is “A”. Figure 7-3 4. Checking Component Video Output Y This checks component video output Y. If it is incorrect, correct brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Figure 7-4 7-2. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM 1. Video Level Adjustment (MB-108 BOARD) This adjustment is made to satisfy the NTSC/PAL standard, and if not adjusted correctly, the brightness will be too large or small. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point LINE OUT (VIDEO) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Adjusting element RV401 Specification 1.00 Vp-p Adjusting method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Adjust the RV401 to attain 1.00 Vp-p. Figure 7-1 2. Checking S Video Output S-Y Check S-terminal video output. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with a S- terminal cable. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-Y level is 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Figure 7-2 +0.04 –0.02 A + 0.04 – 0.02 1.00 Vp-p +0.04 –0.02 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-3 5. Checking Component Video Output B-Y This checks component video output B-Y. If it is incorrect, cor- rect colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, component input projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (CB) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 ± 50 mVp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the B-Y level is 700 ± 50 mVp-p. Figure 7-5 6. Checking Component Video Output R-Y This checks component video output R-Y. If it is incorrect, cor- rect colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, component input projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (CR) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 ± 50 mVp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the R-Y level is 700 ± 50 mVp-p. Figure 7-6 7. Checking RGB Output R This checks RGB output R. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with an EURO AV connecting cord. Mode Play Signal Check the Color-bar (100%) signal on DVD reference disc Test point LINE (RGB)-TV connector pin qg (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 ± 100 mVp-p Checking method: 1) Confirm that the R level is 700 ± 100 mVp-p. Figure 7-7 8. Checking RGB Output G This checks RGB output G. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with an EURO AV connecting cord. Mode Play Signal Check the Color-bar (100%) signal on DVD reference disc Test point LINE (RGB)-TV connector pin qa (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 ± 100 mVp-p Checking method: 1) Confirm that the G level is 700 ± 100 mVp-p. Figure 7-8 700 ± 50 mVp-p 700 ± 50 mVp-p 700 ± 100 mVp-p 700 ± 100 mVp-p www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-4 9. Checking RGB Output B This checks RGB output B. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with an EURO AV connecting cord. Mode Play Signal Check the Color-bar (100%) signal on DVD reference disc Test point LINE (RGB)-TV connector pin 7 (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 700 ± 100 mVp-p Checking method: 1) Confirm that the B level is 700 ± 100 mVp-p. Figure 7-9 700 ± 100 mVp-p www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-6 E 7-3. ADJUSTMENT RELATED PARTS ARRANGEMENT MB-108 BOARD (SIDE A) ETXNY410E0F BOARD (SIDE A) VIDEO LEVEL ADJ RV401 IC403 + CN201 13 1 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-1 8-1-1. FRONT PANEL SECTION 5 3-083-549-11 CASE, UPPER 6 3-710-901-11 SCREW, TAPPING 7 1-478-050-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D162P) 8 3-081-834-21 COVER, BATTERY (for RMT-D162P) 1 X-3953-464-1 PANEL ASSY, TRAY 2 X-3953-463-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT 3 4-951-620-01 SCREW (2.6X8), +BVTP 4 3-070-883-21 SCREW, TAPPING Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark not supplied not supplied 1 4 4 8 7 5 6 3 2 DVP-LS500 NOTE: • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. • Hardware (# mark) list and accessories and pack- ing materials are given in the last of the electrical parts list. SECTION 8 REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-2 8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION 55 A-6071-009-A ER-26 BOARD, COMPLETE 056 1-575-651-21 CORD, POWER 57 3-073-182-12 BUSHING, CODE 58 3-970-608-51 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 59 1-823-831-11 FLAT FLEXIBLE CABLE FAE-9 051 1-468-744-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK 52 3-970-608-01 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 53 A-6071-003-A AF-98 BOARD, COMPLETE 54 A-6071-001-A MB-108 BOARD, COMPLETE (AEP, UK) 54 A-6071-011-A MB-108 BOARD, COMPLETE (Russian) Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. not supplied 51 54 55 56 57 58 58 58 53 52 52 52 52 not supplied not supplied 59 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-3 8-1-3. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY 105 3-080-478-01 BELT 106 4-974-711-01 SCREW (2X5) (P TYIGHT), (+) PTTWH M001 1-763-967-11 MOTOR, DC (LOADING) 0101 A-6061-908-A SERVICE ASSY, KHM-290AAA 102 3-053-847-11 INSULATOR 103 3-080-534-01 INSULATOR SCREW 104 A-6061-320-A LOADING ASSY (T) Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. not supplied not supplied 101 104 105 106 103 102 102 102 not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied M001 not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied 103 103 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-4 NOTE: • Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts speci- fied in the diagrams or the components used on the set. • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: Metal-film resistor. METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor. F: nonflammable • Not all of the parts for POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) are listed. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when order- ing these items. • SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: µ, for example: uA. . : µA. . uPA. . : µPA. . uPB. . : µPB. . uPC. . : µPC. . uPD. . : µPD. . • CAPACITORS uF: µF • COILS uH: µH 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board. Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark AF-98 A-6071-003-A AF-98 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************* (Ref. No. 1,000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C101 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C102 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C107 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C109 1-163-809-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 25V C110 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C111 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C112 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C113 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C114 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C201 1-163-135-00 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C202 1-163-135-00 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C203 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C204 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C205 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C206 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C207 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C208 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C209 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C210 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C211 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C212 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C213 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220uF 20% 16V C215 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C216 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C222 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C223 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C224 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C227 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C228 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C229 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C244 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C401 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C411 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C415 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C418 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C420 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C423 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C424 1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 25V C426 1-163-021-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 50V C427 1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 25V C428 1-164-004-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 25V C471 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C472 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C475 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C476 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 35V C478 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C479 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C480 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C481 1-119-774-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V C482 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C483 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C484 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 25V C487 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C488 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C490 1-162-974-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 50V < CONNECTOR > CN102 1-815-149-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC (1MM PIC)21P CN402 1-815-382-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 7P CN471 1-506-478-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 13P < DIODE > D108 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D109 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D110 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D201 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K-T-146 D202 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D203 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D204 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 < EARTH TERMINAL > * ET471 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH * ET472 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH < FERRITE BEAD > FB471 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 < IC > IC102 8-759-826-45 IC LA73050-TLM IC103 8-759-662-86 IC NJM79M05DL1A (TE2) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-5 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark AF-98 IC201 6-701-937-01 IC TJM4558CDT IC203 8-759-711-59 IC NJM78L05UA-TE1 IC204 6-600-185-01 IC GP1FA553TZ0F (DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL) IC404 6-802-768-01 IC 86CK74AFG-4H19 (M) IC407 6-703-743-01 IC AN13992A IC408 6-703-742-01 IC S-80830CNUA-B8PT2G IC473 6-701-875-01 IC LMS8117ADTX-1.8/NOPB IC474 8-759-666-12 IC MM1385DNLE < JACK > J102 1-793-445-11 JACK, PIN 3P (COMPONENT VIDEO OUT) J103 1-794-198-11 CONNECTOR, S TERMINAL (S VIDEO OUT) J104 1-815-358-11 JACK, PIN (3P) (LINE OUT VIDEO/AUDIO) J201 1-793-446-21 JACK, PIN 1P (DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL) < JUMPER RESISTOR > JR101 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR102 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR103 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR104 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR107 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR109 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR110 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR111 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR112 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR113 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR114 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR202 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR203 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR204 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR205 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR206 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR208 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR209 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR210 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR211 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR212 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR214 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR215 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR403 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR404 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR405 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR406 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR407 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR408 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR409 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR410 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR411 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR413 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR415 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR417 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR418 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR419 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR420 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR421 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR426 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 < FLUORESCENT INDICATOR > ND401 1-518-876-11 VACUUM FLUORESCENT DISPLAY < IC LINK > 0PS471 1-576-508-21 IC LINK (0.7A/50V) 0PS472 1-576-508-21 IC LINK (0.7A/50V) < TRANSISTOR > Q104 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q105 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q106 8-729-216-22 TRANSISTOR 2SA1162-YG-TE85L Q201 8-729-010-08 TRANSISTOR MSB710-RT1 Q202 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q203 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 Q204 8-729-424-70 TRANSISTOR UN2217-TX Q205 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 Q206 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q207 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q208 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q209 8-729-424-70 TRANSISTOR UN2217-TX Q210 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 Q211 8-729-010-25 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 Q216 8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 Q472 8-729-048-28 TRANSISTOR 2SD1766-T100-QR Q473 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX < RESISTOR > R121 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R122 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R125 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R127 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R128 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R129 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R130 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R132 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R133 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R134 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R135 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R136 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R143 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 0R153 1-215-860-11 METAL OXIDE 33 5% 1W 0R154 1-215-860-11 METAL OXIDE 33 5% 1W R201 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R202 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R203 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R204 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R205 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R206 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R207 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R208 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R209 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R211 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R212 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R213 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-6 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark AF-98 ER-26 R217 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R221 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R222 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R224 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R225 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R226 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R227 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R228 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R229 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R230 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R231 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R232 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R233 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R234 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R237 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R240 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R249 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R251 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R253 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R254 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R256 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R286 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R407 1-216-013-00 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R408 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R418 1-216-027-00 METAL CHIP 120 5% 1/10W R428 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R429 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R432 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R434 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R437 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R438 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R442 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R443 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R444 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R445 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R446 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R447 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R453 1-218-616-91 METAL CHIP 15 5% 1W R457 1-218-628-11 METAL CHIP 150 5% 1W R458 1-218-628-11 METAL CHIP 150 5% 1W R459 1-216-298-00 METAL CHIP 2.2 5% 1/10W R460 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R468 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R469 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R475 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R476 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R477 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W < VIBRATOR > X401 1-781-472-21 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC (8MHz) A-6071-009-A ER-26 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************** (Ref. No. 1,000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C901 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C902 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C903 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C904 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C905 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C906 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C907 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C913 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C914 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C943 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C945 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C962 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C963 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V < CONNECTOR > CN901 1-815-387-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 21P < JACK > CNJ902 1-251-780-11 SOCKET, PIN (21P) (LINE (RGB) -TV) < DIODE > D901 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D902 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D907 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D929 8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B D930 8-719-083-63 DIODE UDZSTE-1713B D932 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D933 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D934 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D935 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D938 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 D939 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 < FERRITE BEAD > FB907 1-414-766-22 FERRITE 0uH FB908 1-414-766-22 FERRITE 0uH FB909 1-414-766-22 FERRITE 0uH FB910 1-414-766-22 FERRITE 0uH < IC > IC901 8-759-826-47 IC LA73052-TLM IC902 8-759-667-17 IC L79M05TLL-SONY-TL < JUMPER RESISTOR > JR901 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR902 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR903 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR904 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR906 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR907 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR908 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR909 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-7 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark ER-26 MB-108 < COIL > L905 1-412-064-11 INDUCTOR 100uH < TRANSISTOR > Q901 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q902 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q903 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q906 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q907 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q908 8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR UN2211-TX Q909 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX < RESISTOR > R905 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R906 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R907 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R908 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R909 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R910 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R911 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R912 1-216-037-00 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R914 1-216-051-00 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R915 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R916 1-216-051-00 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R917 1-216-051-00 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R918 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W 0R920 1-215-861-00 METAL OXIDE 47 5% 1W 0R921 1-215-861-00 METAL OXIDE 47 5% 1W R922 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R924 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R926 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R927 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R928 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R929 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R939 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R950 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R957 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH R958 1-414-233-22 FERRITE 0uH R959 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R961 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R963 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W A-6071-001-A MB-108 BOARD, COMPLETE (AEP, UK) A-6071-011-A MB-108 BOARD, COMPLETE (Russian) *********************** (Ref. No. 2,000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C102 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C103 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C104 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C105 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C106 1-162-916-11 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 5% 50V C107 1-162-916-11 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 5% 50V C108 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C109 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C110 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C114 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C118 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C120 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C121 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C122 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C125 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V C126 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C127 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 16V C128 1-126-246-11 ELECT CHIP 220uF 20% 4V C129 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C130 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C201 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C202 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C203 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C204 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C210 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C211 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C212 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C213 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C214 1-164-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015uF 10% 25V C215 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C216 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C218 1-162-965-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015uF 10% 50V C219 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C220 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C221 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C225 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C226 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C228 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C229 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C230 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C232 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C233 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C234 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C235 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C236 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C238 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C240 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C241 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C242 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C243 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C244 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C245 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C246 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C247 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C248 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C249 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C250 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C251 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C252 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C253 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C254 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C255 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C256 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C257 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C258 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C259 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C260 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C261 1-162-959-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5% 50V C262 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-8 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark MB-108 C263 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C264 1-117-863-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47uF 10% 6.3V C265 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C266 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C270 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C271 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 16V C272 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C273 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C304 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C305 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C308 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C309 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C310 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C311 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C312 1-110-563-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068uF 10% 16V C313 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C314 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C315 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C316 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C317 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C318 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C319 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C320 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C321 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C322 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C323 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C324 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C325 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C326 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C327 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C328 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C329 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C330 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C331 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C332 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C333 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C334 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C335 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C337 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C338 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C339 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C340 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C343 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C344 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C401 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C402 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C403 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C404 1-126-193-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C405 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C406 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C407 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C408 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C410 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C412 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C413 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C415 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C416 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C417 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C418 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C419 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C420 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C422 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C423 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C425 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C426 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C428 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C429 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C431 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C432 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C435 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C436 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C438 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C439 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C441 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C442 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C446 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C447 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C449 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C601 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C602 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C603 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C604 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V < CONNECTOR > * CN102 1-770-154-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P CN201 1-779-353-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P CN202 1-779-353-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P CN203 1-815-507-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 26P CN601 1-816-369-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 25P < FERRITE BEAD > FB103 1-400-382-11 FERRITE 0uH FB104 1-400-382-11 FERRITE 0uH FB105 1-400-382-11 FERRITE 0uH FB106 1-400-382-11 FERRITE 0uH FB107 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB108 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB109 1-400-382-11 FERRITE 0uH FB111 1-400-382-11 FERRITE 0uH FB602 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH FB603 1-469-784-11 FERRITE 0uH < FILTER > FL101 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL103 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL104 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL105 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL109 1-233-893-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI FL110 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL201 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL402 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL404 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH < IC > IC101 8-759-699-33 IC CAT24WC16J-TE13 IC103 6-701-877-01 IC SM8707EV-G-E2 IC104 6-701-837-01 IC MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1 IC107 6-803-054-01 IC MR27V3202F-PVTPZ04B IC108 6-701-874-01 IC IDT71V016SA15PH8 (SCD2994) IC201 6-703-445-01 IC SP3726A www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-9 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark IC202 6-701-878-01 IC FAN8034L IC301 6-701-876-01 IC CXD9703R IC302 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC303 6-703-843-01 IC GLT4161L16P-50TCT IC401 6-702-300-01 IC TK11118CSCL-G IC402 6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G IC403 8-752-416-45 IC CXD1935Q IC404 6-703-842-01 IC GLT5160L16P-7TCT IC405 6-703-842-01 IC GLT5160L16P-7TCT IC601 6-703-704-01 IC AK4381VT-E2 < COIL > L101 1-414-410-21 INDUCTOR 10uH L201 1-412-031-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH L202 1-412-031-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH < TRANSISTOR > Q201 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR Q202 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR < RESISTOR > R103 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R104 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R105 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R106 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R108 1-216-789-11 METAL CHIP 2.2 5% 1/10W R110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R111 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R112 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R113 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R114 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R116 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R117 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R118 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R119 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R120 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R121 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R123 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R124 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R128 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R129 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R130 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R131 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R134 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R136 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R137 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R139 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R141 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R150 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R156 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R157 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R159 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R160 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R163 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R164 1-216-075-00 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W (AEP, UK) R164 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W (Russian) R165 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R166 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R168 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R169 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W (AEP, UK) R169 1-216-069-00 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W (Russian) R176 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R177 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R178 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R180 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R181 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R182 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R183 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R184 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R185 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R187 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R206 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R207 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R211 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R212 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R213 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R217 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R221 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R222 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R223 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R224 1-216-850-11 METAL CHIP 270K 5% 1/10W R225 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R226 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R227 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R229 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R230 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R231 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W R232 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R233 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R234 1-211-981-11 METAL CHIP 33 0.5% 1/10W R235 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R236 1-211-981-11 METAL CHIP 33 0.5% 1/10W R238 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R240 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R242 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R244 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R245 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R246 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R248 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R249 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R250 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R251 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R253 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R254 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R255 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R256 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W MB-108 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-10 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark R259 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R260 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R261 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R262 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R263 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W R264 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R265 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R269 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R273 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R281 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R282 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R284 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R301 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R302 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R303 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R311 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R312 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R313 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R314 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R315 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R316 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R317 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R318 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R319 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R320 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W R321 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/10W R322 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R323 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W R324 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R325 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R326 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R327 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R328 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R329 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R330 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R331 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R332 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R333 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R334 1-218-853-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 0.5% 1/10W R335 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R336 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R349 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R351 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R352 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R358 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R359 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R360 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R402 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R403 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R405 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R406 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R407 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R408 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R409 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R410 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R411 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R412 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R413 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R414 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R439 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R601 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R607 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R608 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R609 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W R612 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/10W < COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK > RB102 1-233-270-11 NETWORK, RES (8 GANG) 10K < VARIABLE RESISTOR > RV401 1-223-583-11 RES, ADJ, CARBON 1K < VIBRATOR > X101 1-795-174-11 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC (16.5MHz) X102 1-781-867-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (27MHz) MS-128 BOARD ************* (Ref. No. 1,000 Series) < CONNECTOR > CN001 1-815-412-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P < SWITCH > S001 1-786-509-11 SWITCH, ROTARY (CHUCK/TRAY DETECT) SW-384 BOARD ************* (Ref. No. 1,000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C820 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V < CONNECTOR > CN801 1-815-569-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 7P < IC > IC820 6-703-744-01 IC GP1UE26SXKOF < JUMPER RESISTOR > JR801 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR802 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR803 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 < JUMPER RESISTOR > JS801 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JS813 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 < RESISTOR > R802 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R803 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R804 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R805 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W MB-108 MS-128 SW-384 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-11 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark SW-384 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) R820 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R821 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W < SWITCH > S801 1-762-875-21 SWITCH, TACT (H) S802 1-762-875-21 SWITCH, TACT (.) S803 1-762-875-21 SWITCH, TACT (>) S805 1-762-875-21 SWITCH, TACT (x) S809 1-762-875-21 SWITCH, TACT (A) S816 1-762-875-21 SWITCH, TACT (X) 0 1-468-744-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (ETXNY410E0F) ********************************* (Ref. No. 3,000 Series) < FUSE > 0F201 9-885-020-85 FUSE (1.6A/125V) 0F301 9-885-020-85 FUSE (1.6A/125V) MISCELLANEOUS ************* 051 1-468-744-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK 056 1-575-651-21 CORD, POWER 59 1-823-831-11 FLAT FLEXIBLE CABLE FAE-9 0101 A-6061-908-A SERVICE ASSY, KHM-290AAA M001 1-763-967-11 MOTOR, DC (LOADING) ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS ******************************** 1-478-050-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D162P) 1-751-271-11 CORD, CONNECTION (UK) 0 1-770-019-51 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION PLUG (UK) 3-081-834-21 COVER, BATTERY (for RMT-D162P) 3-083-621-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (AE1) 3-083-621-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN) (AE1) 3-083-621-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN) (AE1) 3-083-621-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH) (AE1) 3-083-621-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH) (AE2) 3-083-621-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE) (AE2) 3-083-621-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH) (AE2) 3-083-621-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH) (AE2) 3-083-621-91 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH) (AE2) 3-083-624-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) (UK) 3-083-624-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (RUSSIAN) (Russian) The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. 8-11 E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 142 – DVP-LS500 Sony Corporation Home Storage Company 9-929-759-11 2003G0500-1 © 2003. 7 Published by Customer Support Dept. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com